Home › Walkthrough

Pokémon Unbound Walkthrough

The full Pokémon Unbound story walkthrough — all 40 parts, gym by gym, from the Shadow Base escape to the Pokémon League and beyond. Every route, every rival battle, every key item, written so you never get stuck in Borrius.

All Parts

Jump to any section of the journey:

Part 1

Frozen Heights to Bellin Town

Frozen Heights to Bellin Town
  • Choose a First Pokémon and escape the Shadow Base
  • Arrive in Frozen Heights
  • Battle your Rival
  • Explore Route 1
  • Run an Errand in Bellin Town
  • Confront the Shadow Grunts

Introduction

Before you boot up the game, double-check that your emulator or device has its Real-Time Clock switched on — Unbound’s outdoor areas run on a day-night cycle that changes which Pokémon appear.

Daytime runs from 5:00am to 7:59pm, and night falls from 8:00pm until 4:59am.

Once that’s sorted, go ahead and build your character and pick a difficulty.

You can tweak your trainer’s hair and outfit colors, and Unbound also offers several difficulty modes to choose from.

If this is your first run, Vanilla is the way to go. You can also switch Exp. Share off if you like — by default it feeds experience to your whole party.

Shadow Base

The opening cutscene gives you a quick history lesson on Borrius, the region you’re in, and reveals that a mysterious Pokémon yanked you here through a portal.

Items
Potion
Repel (hidden)
Potion

Once you gain control, you’ll be standing in a huge warehouse-like room — the way forward here is pretty linear.

Head south, then east, and you’ll quickly realize you aren’t the only prisoner in this place.

Keep going and you’ll soon come face to face with the other captive.

A red-haired, hot-headed kid is arguing with the guard blocking the warehouse exit, but with no Pokémon of his own, there’s no way out for him yet.

That’s your rival. After a quick chat, you agree to work together to break out of here.

He leads you to a crate stashed with three Pokémon — one of them is yours to take.

Forget the classic Fire, Water, Grass triangle: Unbound’s starter lineup is a lot spicier than that:

Starter Pokémon
Beldum (Lv.10)
Gible (Lv.10)
Larvitar (Lv.10)
  • If you pick Beldum, your Rival picks Gible
  • If you pick Gible, he takes Larvitar
  • If you pick Larvitar he gets Beldum

With both of you armed now, it’s time to take on that grunt.

Your very first fight is a Double Battle — you and your rival team up against the grunt’s two Pokémon.

Shadow Grunt
Inkay (Lv.7)
Skorupi (Lv.7)

Once the grunt goes down, your rival patches up your team and dashes off in a hurry. Chase after him south, then down the next hallway.

The crew running this base — apparently calling themselves the Shadow — are furious that you escaped, and they’re taking it out on the guard who let you slip away.

For now, though, you’re clear of them — and you’re back home in Frozen Heights.

Frozen Heights

Points of Interest
Shadow Base Exit
Rival’s House
Professor Log’s Lab
Your House
Neighbor’s House
Exits
Requires HM Rock Smash
Requires HM Cut
Route 1
Items
Berry Juice

The tunnel out of the base pops you up through a hidden exit onto a frozen lake just outside Frozen Heights.

All you can do here is slide south across the ice and hope you hit dry land.

There’s only one route forward, and it ends at a staircase climbing up to the island Frozen Heights sits on.

The moment you step into town, you spot your rival talking with an elderly man.

That old man is Professor Log. He runs a lab here that studies Pokémon stats, and he’s been looking after your rival and his little sister ever since their parents disappeared.

Your rival is dying to show off his new partner, though — he challenges you to a battle right there in front of the professor!

Rival Battle

Rival Battle (First Round)
Beldum or Gible or Larvitar (Lv.10)

After the dust settles, your rival storms off, but Professor Log has seen enough to believe in you — he asks you to run an errand for him.

Exploring the Town

Bellin Town sits just across Route 1, and the professor needs you to collect a package for him from its Poke Mart.

He hands you a Repel, five Poke Balls, and the Western Borrus Pokedex — plus a spare Pokedex for you to give your rival next time you cross paths.

Before you head out, he suggests you stop by and see your mother.

Your house is on the east side of town. Head inside and your mom will let you rest up — she also hands you a Mission Log, a new add-on for your Cube.

One thing you’ll notice quickly: there’s no Bag in this game.

Instead, everything you own goes into the Cube — part personal assistant, part pocket-sized item storage.

Your mom logs the professor’s errand into your Cube so you can track it, and she also gives you a Costume Box plus the storage module for battle items.

With that handled, swing by Professor Log’s lab.

There are a few scientists to chat with inside, along with Log himself. Keep an eye out for a Porygon — it works as a Pokémon Storage System terminal, and you’ll find more of them in other locations serving the same purpose.

One last stop in town: head to the southeast corner and visit your neighbors, an elderly married couple.

The old man asks you to grab an Antidote for him from a Poke Mart — and since you’re already heading to the one in Bellin Town, it’s an easy detour.

Once town is fully cleared, it’s time to head south through Route 1 toward Bellin Town.

Route 1

Points of Interest
Snow-Blocked Path
Icicle Cave Entrance
Exits
Frozen Heights
Requires HM Rock Climb
Bellin Town
Items
Ice Heal
Oran Berry (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Snorunt Day and Night
Vanillite Day and Night
Delibird Day and Night
Minior Day and Night

Stepping onto Route 1, you’ll see the direct path is buried under a wall of snow. A nearby worker points you toward a mountain trail that begins in the southwest.

You’ll push through a few patches of tall grass, but the trail itself is simple to follow — up and over, then back down the far side.

Bellin Town’s entrance comes into view soon enough. Just before it, look west — there’s a cave mouth being guarded by an old man.

That’s Icicle Cave, and you’ll be back for it soon. For now, keep walking south into town.

Bellin Town

Points of Interest
Pokémon Center
Sandslash Thief House
Heal Ball House
Pokémon Egg Gentleman
Poke Mart
Exits
Frozen Heights
Items
Heal Balls (x5)

If your team needs patching up, the Pokémon Center sits in the northwest corner.

Make your way to the house in the northeast, where a family has a job for you. Talk to the father and he’ll fill you in on their food thief problem.

Right as the conversation ends, the thief shows up — an Alolan Sandslash that beelines for the food. When the family’s daughter tries to stop it, she gets roughed up a bit.

The father asks you to hunt the thief down and get the stolen food back — there’s a solid reward in it for you.

The instant you step outside, you spot the Sandslash bolting toward Icicle Cave, so you know exactly where to chase it.

Just south of that house, a gentleman is waiting with a Pokémon Egg for you.

It’ll hatch in due time, and the little one inside will be one of these three, completely at random:

Egg Pokémon (one at random)
Stunky (Lv.1)
Skorupi (Lv.1)
Glameow (Lv.1)

Your main destination in town is the Poke Mart, down in the southeast corner.

Step inside and you’ll literally run into a familiar face on the way out.

The shady character slips away, but the Mart clerk explains that thanks to a mix-up, Professor Log’s package was just stolen — by the guy who brushed past you!

A cutscene then reveals the thief is the very grunt you and your rival thrashed back at the Shadow Base, and that he’s delivering the package to Marlon, who’s heading north of Frozen Heights.

Time to run them down.

Return to Frozen Heights

Head to the north edge of Frozen Heights and you’ll catch Marlon smashing straight through a Cut tree. Trail him and you’re in for a weird sight.

Marlon and the Shadows bait the legendary Articuno out of its hiding spot — and capture it!

On their way out, they notice you, and one of the grunts hangs back to handle you.

She’s the one holding the package, so the only way to get it back is through her.

Shadow Grunt
Snorunt (Lv. 9)

Package finally in hand — now haul it back to Frozen Heights and deliver it to Professor Log.

Bad news: the Master Balls are gone from the package, and the professor is deeply worried about what the Shadows just did to Articuno.

He sends you onward to Dresco Town — reachable through Icicle Cave — to speak with an old friend of his.

Before you leave town, though, there’s still that medicine to deliver.

Hand over the Antidote and the old man rewards you with a Gem that boosts a single move — its type matches your starter’s.

With Frozen Heights wrapped up, trek back down Route 1 to the entrance of Icicle Cave.

Part 2

Icicle Cave & Route 2

Icicle Cave & Route 2
  • Learn to Catch Pokemon
  • Explore the Icicle Cave and confront the Sandslash
  • Battle your Rival (again)
  • Venture onto Route 2
  • Complete the Challenge Road

Learning to Catch Pokemon

Your next job is to push through Icicle Cave toward Dresco Town — but first, go talk to the old man posted by the cave entrance on the Bellin Town side.

He’ll walk you through the basics of catching Pokémon, using a wild Snorunt as a demo.

When the lesson wraps up, he hands you a Quick Ball and waves you on your way.

Then step into the cave entrance right there and head inside.

Icicle Cave – 4F

Points of Interest
Stone Tablet
Sandslash Lair
Exits and Passages
Route 1
Ice Cavern to Tablet Cavern
Tablet Cavern to Sandslash Lair
Requires HM Rock Climb
Ladder Down to 3F
Wild Pokémon
Ice Cavern
Zubat
Makuhita
Spheal
Smoochum
Bergmite
Roggenrola
Swinub
Tablet Cavern
Zubat
Makuhita
Roggenrola
Drilbur
Mawile
Sandslash Lair
Sandshrew (Alolan Form)

The moment you enter the frozen cavern, you catch the Sandslash burrowing a fresh tunnel into the western wall.

If you want to close out your mission, you’ll have to hunt that Sandslash down.

Climb inside and you’ll come out in a completely different kind of cave — with a friendly ruin maniac wandering past on the way.

This chamber is noticeably warmer, and you watch the Sandslash slip out toward an open-air area to the north.

But look east before you follow — there’s something worth seeing over there.

A giant stone tablet towers over this part of the cavern. The second you reach for it, the ruin explorer from before appears and starts telling you its backstory.

He gives you a Braille Converter so you can actually read it — the inscription says ‘THE PLATE IS THE KEY’.

Nine more tablets are scattered across Borrius, and he tasks you with tracking down and reading every one of them.

Once you’ve finished talking, take the exit to the northwest.

You emerge into a hidden outdoor valley — the Sandslash’s den, shared with its family of Sandshrew.

They don’t take kindly to visitors, and the Sandslash charges straight at you!

Pokémon Encounter
Sandslash (Alolan Form) (Lv. 12) non-catchable

After you beat the Sandslash, the man it robbed shows up behind you demanding his food back. But when he sees the Sandslash was just feeding its kids, he changes his tune — it can have all the food it wants, as long as it joins his team.

With that settled, the man thanks you with TM56 Hone Claws.

To get to the far side of Icicle Cave, retrace your steps back to the first cavern.

There’s a ladder waiting there that drops you to 3F.

Icicle Cave – 3F

Points of Interest
Youngster Don
Picnicker Kelly
Healing Chansey
Black Belt Ron
Exits and Passages
Ladder Up to 4F
Ladder Down to 2F
Requires HM Surf
Items
Escape Rope
Great Ball (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Ice Cavern
Zubat
Makuhita
Spheal
Smoochum
Bergmite
Roggenrola
Swinub
Surfing
Seel
Dewgong
Spheal
Sealeo
Lapras
Fishing
Magikarp (Old Rod)
Seel (Good Rod)
Shellder (Good Rod)
Dewgong (Super Rod)
Shellder (Super Rod)
Cloyster (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Roggenrola
Boldore
Bergmite
Avalugg
Shuckle
Trainers
Youngster Don
Snorunt (Lv.8)
Roggenrola (Lv.8)
Picknicker Kelly
Vanillite (Lv.8)
Smoochum (Lv.8)
Black Belt Ron
Makuhita (Lv.8)
Scraggy (Lv.10)

Climb down, head north, then west, and Youngster Don will step up to challenge you — the cave’s first trainer.

Beat him, then keep pushing west until you hit a huge sheet of ice.

There’s barely a puzzle here — just get yourself across to the other side.

Slide west first; when you bump into the middle rock, slide south from there.

Picknicker Kelly is waiting along the southern edge — beat her, then carry on south.

This is a good moment to heal up if your team is hurting — you’ll want everyone at full strength for what’s coming.

Icicle Cave – Lower Floors

Points of Interest
Skier George
Rival Battle
Youngster Joey
Exits and Passages
Ladder Up to 3F
Ladder Down to 1F
Ladder Up to 2F
Requires HM Surf
Items
Poke Ball
Chesto Berry (hidden)
Super Potion
Wild Pokémon
Ice Cavern
Zubat
Makuhita
Spheal
Smoochum
Bergmite
Roggenrola
Swinub
Surfing
Seel
Dewgong
Spheal
Sealeo
Lapras
Fishing
Magikarp (Old Rod)
Seel (Good Rod)
Shellder (Good Rod)
Dewgong (Super Rod)
Shellder (Super Rod)
Cloyster (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Roggenrola
Boldore
Bergmite
Avalugg
Shuckle
Trainers
Skier George
Spheal (Lv.10)
Bergmite (Lv.10)
Youngster Joey
Rattata (Lv.10)
Sentret (Lv.10)

Down on the second floor, the right-hand path is the way forward. Follow it and you’ll walk into a surprise.

Rival Battle

It’s your rival, and he’s back for a rematch. No small talk — straight into battle, and he’s picked up an extra Pokémon since last time.

Rival Battle (Second Round)
Swinub (Lv.12)
Beldum or Gible or Larvitar (Lv.13)

If you’ve been training against the cave’s wilds and trainers, he won’t give you too much trouble.

For the win, your rival coughs up a pair of Safety Goggles he says will be useful later. In return, you hand over the spare Pokedex from Professor Log.

He also tells you to take on the Gym Leader in Dresco Town — conveniently, that’s exactly where you’re headed.

Looks like your first badge could be close.

Keep moving through the passage, past Youngster Joey, and you’ll reach the last ladder in Icicle Cave.

One more icy floor to cross — it’s easy enough — and you’ll be at the cave’s exit.

Step outside and you’re on Route 2, with Dresco Town not far off.

Route 2

Points of Interest
Healing, PC, Teleport
Youngster Foggy
Hiker Wayne
Challenge Giver
Youngster Dan
Hiker Nob
Picknicker Kelsey & Camper Chad
Lass Haley
Exits and Passages
Icicle Cave
Requires HM Surf
Requires HM Surf
Dresco Town
Items
Great Ball
Revive
Super Potion
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Minccino Day and Night
Inkay Day and Night
Electrike Day and Night
Azurill Day and Night
Stufful Day and Night
Scraggy Day and Night
Riolu Day and Night
Pikipek Day
Patrat Day
Hoothoot Night
Rattata Night
Surfing
Tentacool
Tentacruel
Pelipper
Basculin
Fishing
Magikarp (Old Rod)
Shellder (Good Rod)
Staryu (Good Rod)
Shellder (Super Rod)
Staryu (Super Rod)
Starmie (Super Rod)
Gyarados (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Roggenrola
Krabby
Binacle
Trainers
Youngster Foggy
Patrat (Lv.11)
Delibird (Lv.12)
Hiker Wayne
Roggenrola (Lv.11)
Drilbur (Lv.12)
Youngster Dan
Electrike (Lv.11)
Riolu (Lv.12)
Hiker Nob
Drilbur (Lv.12)
Makuhita (Lv.12)
Zubat (Lv.11)
Roggenrola (Lv.11)
Picnicker Kelsey & Camper Chad
Minccino (Lv.10)
Stufful (Lv.10)
Electrike (Lv.12)
Inkay (Lv.12)
Lass Haley
Azurill (Lv.12)
Minccino (Lv.12)
Pikipek (Lv.12)

Popping out onto Route 2, you’re probably feeling the miles. Luckily, a kind woman walks up and heals your whole team on the spot.

There’s also a Porygon for Pokémon Storage access, plus a Psychic who can teleport you straight to town if you’d rather skip the trainer gauntlet.

The first trainer in sight is Youngster Foggy, who drops a hint about a ‘challenge’. After beating him and Hiker Wayne, head south and talk to the man on the beach to learn what it’s about.

Beat every trainer on Route 2 and he’ll hand you a Pokémon that might plug a hole in your lineup.

Head south — there are four fights standing between you and that prize.

Youngster Dan is up first, right where you cross the bridge off the beach. Climb the stairs once he’s handled.

Next up is Hiker Nob. After him, it’s a Double Battle against the Picknicker and Camper — two Pokémon each, so come prepared.

Lass Haley is your last hurdle for the prize. You’ll find her at the route’s western end, just by the Dresco Town entrance.

Beat her, then trek back to the man who set the challenge.

As long as you have an open slot in your party (if not, the Porygon by the cave entrance can fix that), you’ll earn a Litleo — its Fire typing could come in handy down the road.

Challenge Reward
Litleo (Lv.10)

Head west past Lass Haley again and you’ll spot the bridge into Dresco Town.

Part 3

Dresco Town & Route 3

Dresco Town & Route 3
  • Arrive in Dresco Town
  • Challenge the Trainer House
  • Start Collecting Zygarde
  • Explore Route 3
  • Frolic in Flower Paradise

Dresco Town

Points of Interest
Trainer House
Save Mission House
Pokémon Center
Dresco Gym
Soothe Bell Beauty
Edmund’s House
Zygarde Scientist House
Friend of the Professor’s House
Sign Read Mission
Exits and Passages
Route 2
Route 3
(North) KBT Expressway
(South) Route 4/Grim Woods
Items
Rare Candy (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool
Tentacruel
Pelipper
Basculin
Fishing
Magikarp (Old Rod)
Shellder (Good Rod)
Staryu (Good Rod)
Shellder (Super Rod)
Staryu (Super Rod)
Starmie (Super Rod)
Gyarados (Super Rod)

Dresco Town is a cluster of islands linked by bridges — and it’s where you’ll find Borrius’s first Gym.

You’ll want to be ready for it, though, and there’s plenty around town to toughen you up.

Start with Trainer House, the big building greeting you right at the town entrance.

The Trainer House

Five trainers inside can be fought over and over, though one of them seems to have taken a side job as the Pokémon Center’s door greeter.

For now, fight at least four of them once each — you’ll need the experience before you take on the Gym.

Trainer House
Kindler Daniel
Litleo (Lv.15)
Fennekin (Lv.15)
Oricorio (Lv.15)
Tuber Renee
Panpour (Lv.15)
Finneon (Lv.15)
Froakie (Lv.15)
Collector Kobe (Double Battle)
Whismur (Lv.15)
Happiny (Lv.15)
Lickitung (Lv.15)
Audino (Lv.15)
Ace Trainer Bram (Double Battle)
Poochyena (Lv.15)
Pancham (Lv.15)
Sandile (Lv.15)
Carvanha (Lv.15)
Inkay (Lv.15)
Inkay (Lv.15)

Once you’re as strong as you want to be, head north into the town square.

Exploring Town

A huge Moltres statue towers over Dresco Town’s central plaza — a mirror of the Articuno statue back in Bellin Town.

Cross the bridge east and you’ll find a house with a kid inside who’s got a mission for you.

The mission, Don’t Turn off the Power, is pretty painless — you’ll likely chip away at it naturally, especially if you keep auto-save prompts on.

Save the game 100 times, then come back to the kid and he’ll hand you a Bottle Cap, which you’ll be glad to have later.

The island just north of the plaza holds the Pokémon Center and Poke Mart for healing and restocking.

After that, cross the bridge west.

You’ll spot Dresco Gym, plus two workers barring an exit — that’s where the KBT Expressway begins, but they won’t let anyone through yet.

Hold off on the Gym for now if you want your best shot at winning — there’s a Pokémon worth grabbing first that could make the fight much easier. More on that shortly.

For now, keep heading south.

Chat with the blonde woman and she’ll tell you she’s looking for a Pokémon that only evolves by leveling up with high Friendship.

Two candidates roam Route 2: Riolu and Azurill.

Show her one and she’ll reward you with a Soothe Bell.

Continue south to the house with a green-capped trainer standing guard out front.

This is Professor Log’s friend’s house, but the guy outside won’t let you in yet. He recommends challenging the Gym first — and drops a hint while he’s at it.

The Gym specializes in Grass-types, and a strange fog inside can wear down your Pokémon and make the fight trickier. To clear it, this mysterious stranger suggests bringing a Pokémon that knows Defog — and says a man named Edmund can help.

Right to the south is another mission giver — this one wants you to find and read all 45 Trainer Tips signposts.

You’ve already walked past eight of them, so now’s a good time to double-check you didn’t skip any.

Ducklett Trade

The house just north of the one with the green-capped guard is Edmund’s place, and your next stop is an important trade.

Edmund owns a Ducklett that knows Defog, and he’s willing to part with it — all he asks for is an Alolan Sandshrew, which you can catch in the Sandslash lair deep in Icicle Cave.

Pokémon Trade
Edmund gives you:
Ducklett (Lv. 13)
You give Edmund:
Sandshrew (Alolan Form) found in Icicle Cave 4F

Trade done and Ducklett in hand, walk west to the neighboring house.

Finding the Cells

Zygfried and Zygardia are a pair of scientists hunting strange glowing-green cells scattered across Borrius. They hand you a special Super Cube component that can detect the cells — in exchange, you promise to help them find all one hundred.

Here are the cells hiding in places you’ve already visited, worth backtracking for:

Zygarde Cell Locations
Dresco Town
Route 2
Icicle Cave 3F
Bellin Town
Route 1
Frozen Heights

If you still need more training before your first Gym, heading north out of Dresco Town is a smart move right about now.

Route 3

Points of Interest
Camper Ethan
Lass Reli
Sailor Trent
Fisherman Guy
Tuber Lola
Exits and Passages
Dresco Town
Requires HM Rock Climb
Flower Paradise
Items
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Grass
Wingull Day and Night
Bidoof Day and Night
Slowpoke Day and Night
Shellos Day and Night
Buizel Day and Night
Poliwag Day and Night
Cherubi Day
Dewpider Day
Surskit Night
Sandygast Static (Beach, Mon/Tues)
Sentret Swarm
Surfing
Tentacool
Tentacruel
Pelipper
Araquanid
Fishing
Magikarp (Old Rod)
Staryu (Good Rod)
Shellder (Good Rod)
Krabby (Good Rod)
Staryu (Super Rod)
Shellder (Super Rod)
Cloyster (Super Rod)
Kingler (Super Rod)
Trainers
Camper Ethan
Bidoof (Lv.12)
Slowpoke (Lv.13)
Lass Reli
Shellos (Lv.12)
Pikipek (Lv.13)
Sailor Trent
Poliwag (Lv.12)
Scraggy (Lv.13)
Fisherman Guy
Poliwag (Lv.14)
Shellder (Lv.14)
Tuber Lola
Wingull (Lv.12)
Dewpider (Lv.13)

Cross the bridge and you’re on Route 3.

It’s a simple beach route — just a handful of trainers scattered up and down the sand.

Bring an Electric-type along and you’ll steamroll this bunch.

When you’re done training on the sand, look for a break in the trees to the north — that’s the entrance to Flower Paradise, and the name doesn’t lie.

Flower Paradise

Items
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Yellow Flowers
Flabebe
Cutiefly
Oricorio (Pom-Pom)
Combee
Pink Flowers
Flabebe
Cutiefly
Oricorio (P’au)
Combee
Comfey
Pansage
Blue Flowers
Flabebe
Cutiefly
Combee
Panpour
Red Flowers
Flabebe
Cutiefly
Oricorio (Baile)
Combee
Comfey
Pansear
Blue-Yellow Flowers
Flabebe
Cutiefly
Oricorio (Sensu)
Combee
Pink-Purple Flowers
Flabebe
Cutiefly
Oricorio (Sensu)
Combee
Comfey

Flower Paradise is loaded with Bug-, Fairy- and Flying-types, so it’s worth spending some time here rounding out your Pokedex.

A woman inside offers you a mission: catch three Combee and collect the Honey each one is guaranteed to carry.

Do it and she’ll pay you with TM62 Silver Wind.

Up on the hill in the center of the field, someone hands out a random Berry every day — swing by regularly if you want to build a stockpile.

Once you’ve explored your fill and picked up a few levels, head back to Dresco Town — it’s time to challenge your first Pokémon Gym!

Part 4

Dresco Gym & Grim Woods

Dresco Gym & Grim Woods
  • Beat the Dresco Gym and win the Leaf Badge
  • Find your way through Grim Woods
  • Explore Route 4
  • Reach the Entrance of Cinder Volcano

Dresco Gym – Leaf Badge

The Dresco Gym sits in the northeast corner of Dresco Town, and it’s a Grass-type Gym.

  • Grass-type moves deal super effective damage to Ground-, Rock-, and Water-type Pokémon
  • Grass-type Pokémon are weak to Bug-, Fire-, Flying-, Ice-, and Poison-type moves

Remember that Litleo you earned by clearing the Route 2 trainer challenge? This is the perfect place to put it to work.

Step inside and you’ll see the Gym is choked with an odd fog — battling in that haze will make your life harder than it has to be.

Have Ducklett use Defog to blow the stuff away, and then you’re free to head north into the main part of the Gym.

Gym Trainers
Youngster Doobie
Cherubi (Lv.14)
Oddish (Lv.15)
Camper Liam
Burmy (Lv.15)
Pansage (Lv.14)

Two trainers stand between you and the leader — Youngster Doobie and Camper Liam — and neither of them should give you much trouble.

With both of them beaten, make for the southeast corner, where Mirskle is waiting.

Gym Leader Mirskle

Mirskle, the Dresco Gym Leader, is quite the eccentric.

Get ready for a Double Battle here — bring two Pokémon that can hit Grass-types super effectively.

Gym Leader Mirskle
Gloom (Lv.16)
Flabebe (Lv.15)

Beat him and Mirskle hands over the Leaf Badge along with TM86 Grass Knot.

No time to celebrate, though — a pair of rough-looking thugs bursts into the Gym, and Mirskle and his trainers dive straight into the pond to escape, leaving you face to face with the intruders.

Fortunately, they aren’t after you — they’re furious because Mirskle apparently stiffed them on some deal.

They clear out soon enough, and you should head out as well.

Professor Log’s Friend

Now that the Gym is behind you, head south to the house belonging to Professor Log’s friend.

The odd trainer who was hanging around outside seems to have taken off, so you’re free to go in and talk.

The man inside introduces himself as Arthur, and he’s keen to hear about the Shadow goons you ran into at Frozen Heights. He explains that the Legendary Bird Pokémon once sealed away a dark force — and that reuniting the birds could break the seal, which must be exactly what the Shadow is plotting.

Right on cue, the strange trainer from outside shows up — and turns out to be Arthur’s grandson, Jax.

Jax reports spotting a group of Shadow operatives near Cinder Volcano, and Arthur puts it together: they must be after Moltres.

Arthur sends Jax off to fetch Professor Log, and once everything’s talked through, it’s settled — you and Jax will head out together to stop the Shadow from taking Moltres.

You reach Cinder Volcano by going through Grim Woods, which lies past the bridge on the southwest side of town.

Follow the path west and you’ll run into a dense canopy of trees — that’s the entrance to Grim Woods.

Grim Woods

Points of Interest
Bug Catcher Doug
Bug Catcher Anthony
Medium Patricia
Medium Carly
Bug Catcher Sammy
Medium Jody
Exits and Passages
Dresco Town
Requires HM Surf
Route 4 East
Items
Nest Ball (hidden)
TM100 Infestation
Super Repel (hidden)
Super Potion
Tiny Mushroom (hidden)
Carbos
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Seedot Day and Night
Pumpkaboo Day and Night
Gastly Day and Night
Shuppet Day and Night
Duskull Day and Night
Phantump Day and Night
Caterpie Day
Weedle Night
Surfing
Psyduck
Golduck
Surskit
Masquerain
Fishing
Magikarp (Old Rod)
Psyduck (Good Rod)
Barboach (Good Rod)
Golduck (Super Rod)
Whiscash (Super Rod)
Trainers
Bug Catcher Doug
Weedle (Lv.16)
Ledyba (Lv.16)
Kakuna (Lv.17)
Bug Catcher Anthony
Dewpider (Lv.16)
Kakuna (Lv.17)
Medium Patricia
Duskull (Lv.16)
Pumpkaboo (Lv.17)
Medium Carly
Phantump (Lv.17)
Bug Catcher Sammy
Ledian (Lv.18)
Medium Jody
Pumpkaboo (Lv.17)
Gastly (Lv.18)
Shuppet (Lv.17)

Grim Woods is easy to get lost in, so here’s the most direct path through it, skipping optional trainers and extra items:

As soon as you step into Grim Woods, Bug Catcher Doug is the first trainer you’ll run into.

Once he’s dealt with, make your way southwest until you spot an old lady.

She’s another trainer — beat her and the path to the southwest opens up.

Keep pushing south and west until you see a way to turn north.

Medium Carly is waiting to challenge you; get past her and you’ll come to an intersection covered in long grass.

Cut west and south through another stretch of long grass and you’ll reach a ledge you need to hop down.

That puts you on the path to Bug Catcher Sammy and the final leg of Grim Woods. Head southwest and you’ll spot a log bridge.

Hop across the log onto the wooden walkway, then head north.

Medium Jody is the final obstacle between you and the exit — beat her and you’re finally out of Grim Woods!

Route 4 East

Points of Interest
Potion Man
Nurse Laura
Exits and Passages
(North) Grim Woods
(South) Dresco Town
Requires HM Surf
Requires HM Cut
Requires HM Rock Climb
Cinder Volcano
Items
Awakening
Persim Berry (hidden)
Revive
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Budew Day and Night
Lillipup Day and Night
Ekans Day and Night
Numel Day and Night
Mankey Day and Night
Ralts Day and Night
Starly Day
Hoothoot Night
Surfing
Tentacool
Tentacruel
Pelipper
Basculin
Fishing
Magikarp (Old Rod)
Corphish (Good Rod)
Staryu (Good Rod)
Staryu (Super Rod)
Starmie (Super Rod)
Crawdaunt (Super Rod)
Gyarados (Super Rod)
Nurse Laura
Starly (Lv.17)
Chansey (Lv.18)

This puts you on Route 4. Technically the route started back at Dresco Town and got interrupted by Grim Woods, so this is where Route 4 properly resumes — the eastern half, at least.

The western half lies on the far side of Cinder Volcano, which is where you’re headed.

Just southeast of the Grim Woods entrance, a path leads to a one-way ledge; beyond it, a small trail runs along the outer edge of the woods back to Dresco Town if you need to return.

If you’re looking for healing, though, don’t bother going back — that’s about to be sorted for you.

Keep following the path and you’ll see a man standing in the middle of the road, close to where the volcano begins.

That’s the Potion Man, and he’ll hand you 3 Potions for your journey.

When you arrive at the volcano entrance, Nurse Laura will be waiting. Beat her and she’ll heal your team, acting as a handy checkpoint.

Once your team is patched up and ready, head inside — Cinder Volcano awaits.

Part 5

Cinder Volcano

Cinder Volcano
  • Enter Cinder Volcano
  • Meet up with Jax
  • Confront the Shadow
  • Report to Arthur and Professor Log
  • Continue on to Route 5

Cinder Volcano 1F — Overview

Points of Interest
Rare Candy Passage East Side
Shortcut Rock East Side
Shadow Battle West Side
Exits and Passages
(East) Route 4 East East Side
(East) Ladder Up East Side
(West) Ladder Up East Side
(West) Route 4 West West Side
Wild Pokémon (all floors)
Cave
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Slugma Fire
Salandit Poison/Fire
Numel Fire/Ground
Geodude Rock/Ground
Drilbur Ground
Torkoal Fire
Magby Fire
Surfing
Slugma Fire
Magcargo Fire/Rock
Rock Smash
Geodude Rock/Ground
Graveler Rock/Ground
Shuckle Bug/Rock

1F — East Side

Cinder Volcano is a sprawling cave complex spread over several floors, so it’s easy to lose your bearings in here.

Your goal is the summit — that’s where the Shadow is trying to capture Moltres — so don’t dawdle.

Items
Rawst Berry (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Rare Candy

Head north and you’ll spot a ladder climbing to the second floor.

On your left is a passage blocked by a rock. Once you’re finished inside the volcano, the rock will be gone and the passage will work as a shortcut between the two halves of the cave.

Cinder Volcano 2F — Overview

Points of Interest
School Kid Max East Side
Collector Mark East Side
Hiker Trent East Side
Ruin Maniac Foster West Side
Hiker Clark West Side
Kindler Axle West Side
Healing Chansey West Side
Exits and Passages
Ladder Down East Side
Ladder Up East Side
Ladder Up West Side
Requires HM Surf (Lava) West Side
Ladder Down West Side

2F — East Side

Climb the ladder and the first person you’ll meet is School Kid Max, itching for a battle. Beat him, then go north and west up the stairs.

Items
Revive (hidden)
Trainers
School Kid Max
Woobat Psychic/Flying (Lv.17)
Collector Mark
Mawile Steel/Flying (Lv.17)
Comfey Fairy (Lv.18)
Hiker Trent
Makuhita Fighting (Lv.18)
Roggenrola Rock (Lv.18)

Collector Mark is standing beside a bubbling lava pool — you can slip past him or take him on for the experience.

Whichever you choose, cross the bridge to the west.

Hiker Trent is blocking the ladder to the next floor — defeat him and climb up.

Cinder Volcano 3F — Overview

Points of Interest
School Kid Max East Side
Collector Mark East Side
Exits and Passages
Ladder Down East Side
Requires HM Rock Climb East Side
Ladder Up East Side
Ladder Up West Side
Requires HM Rock Climb West Side
Ladder Up West Side
Ladder Down West Side

3F — East Side

Cross the bridge and head north, and Kindler Jace will eventually confront you.

Kindler Jace
Litleo Fire/Normal (Lv.18)

After beating Jace, the way on is north — keep following the passage in that direction.

Climb the small stairs and you’ll see the ladder leading to the fourth floor.

Cinder Volcano 4F — Overview

Points of Interest
Aroma Lady Nikki East Side
Worker Baily East Side
Painter Angelo West Side
Exits and Passages
Ladder Down East Side
Ladder Down East Side
Ladder Up East Side
Ladder Up West Side
Ladder Down West Side

4F — East Side

Aroma Lady Nikki challenges you the moment you climb onto 4F.

Once she’s beaten, cross the bridge to the north.

Items
Iron (hidden)
Trainers
Aroma Lady Nikki
Seedot Grass (Lv.18)
Budew Grass/Poison (Lv.18)
Worker Baily
Electrike Electric (Lv.18)
Magnemite Electric/Steel (Lv.18)

You’ll end up on an island with a Trainer Tips signpost. To the north is a ladder back down to the third floor, where an optional trainer and a TM are waiting.

The way forward is the bridge to the west, so cross it.

Worker Baily is waiting on the other side of the bridge. Defeat him, then walk north and climb the ladder.

5F — The Summit

When you reach the fifth floor — the summit — you’ll find you’re too late to stop the Shadow.

Once the cutscene ends, walk northwest and you’ll see someone else about to take on the Shadow.

It’s Jax, Arthur’s grandson.

Jax tries to stop Ivory — the Shadow member who captured Moltres — from getting away.

But Marlon — the one who captured Articuno — shows up, and the two of them just barely escape.

That’s when Jax asks to team up with you.

This is optional — you can turn him down if you’d rather go solo. If you accept, upcoming trainer battles become Double Battles whenever the trainer has two or more Pokémon.

Once you’ve decided, take the ladder down to the fourth floor — but this time you’ll land on the west side of the volcano.

4F — West Side

Like the eastern half, this floor is another string of islands in a sea of lava. Take the stairs down to the southeast and keep heading south.

Items
Calcium
Ether (hidden)
Painter Angelo
Smeargle Normal (Lv.18)
Smeargle Normal (Lv.18)

A bridge leads to a small island where Painter Angelo waits — if Jax is with you, you’ll take on both of his Smeargle in a Double Battle.

Once that’s done, cross the bridge to the north.

There’s nothing left to do on this floor but leave — climb the ladder down to the western half of the second floor.

3F — West Side

Head east from the ladder, then south across the bridge.

Items
Zygard Cell
TM94 Incinerate (from C ladder)
Battle Girl Sharon (from C ladder)
Meditite Fighting/Psychic (Lv.18)
Riolu Fighting (Lv.19)

On the right you’ll spot a boulder that needs Strength to push — make a mental note of it for later and head left for now.

Climb down the ladder and go north, then west — that’s where Youngster Don will challenge you, the first trainer on this side of the cave.

2F — West Side

Walk south across the narrow bridge and you’ll come across Ruin Maniac Foster.

Items
Dusk Ball
Lava Cookie (hidden)
Red Shard (hidden)
Trainers
Ruin Maniac Foster
Torkoal Fire (Lv.18)
Hiker Clark
Drilbur Ground (Lv.18)
Geodude Rock/Ground (Lv.18)
Kindler Axle
Magby Fire (Lv.18)
Slugma Fire (Lv.19)

Once you’ve dealt with Foster — which shouldn’t take long, since he only has one Pokémon — walk south to find Hiker Clark.

After beating Hiker Clark, follow the winding, rocky path through the lava fields until you reach the last area of this floor.

Kindler Axle is the last trainer you’ll battle with Jax at your side — after that, he rushes ahead to confront the Shadow on his own.

Tip: the Chansey near the ladder will heal your team — you’ll be glad of it for the fight coming up.

1F — West Side: Shadow Battle

Jax is already battling Marlon when you arrive, but the two look evenly matched.

Items
Super Potion

Whether or not you accepted his help earlier, Jax joins you for one last battle against Marlon and a Shadow Grunt.

You’ll pick three Pokémon for the battle, and Jax provides the other three — a Staravia, a Magnemite, and a Golett.

Shadow Battle
Shadow Admin Marlon and Shadow Grunt
Duskull Ghost (Lv.20)
Sableye Dark/Ghost (Lv.19)
Cacnea Grass (Lv.21)

You and Jax manage to beat the Shadow goons together — but Moltres has already been captured and Ivory has escaped, so the victory feels hollow.

After the Shadow leaves the cave, Jax takes you back to Arthur’s house in Dresco Town.

Arthur and Professor Log tell you that only one bird remains — Zapdos, which lives on Thundercap Mountain.

Jax heads off to investigate a way to stop the Shadow using a mysterious item, while you continue on to Crater Town — which lies on the way to Thundercap.

Professor Log heads home to tell your mother you’re carrying on with the Pokémon League challenge — which, technically, you are. There’s a Gym in Crater Town, and a chance at your second badge.

After the meeting, Jax offers you a ride back to the western exit of Cinder Volcano. If you’d rather not go with him right now, he’ll give you 8 Repels instead.

Route 4 West

Points of Interest
Storage Porygon
Fisherman Barney
Lass Crissy
Fisherman Dale
Blocked Volcano Entrance
Exits and Passages
Cinder Volcano
Requires HM Waterfall
Route 4 East
Lapras to Route 5
Items
Ether
Zygarde Cell
Super Repel (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Budew Grass/Poison Day and Night
Lillipup Normal Day and Night
Ekans Poison Day and Night
Numel Fire/Ground Day and Night
Mankey Fighting Day and Night
Ralts Psychic/Fairy Day and Night
Starly Normal/Flying Day
Hoothoot Normal/Flying Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Basculin Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Corphish Water (Good Rod)
Staryu Water (Good Rod)
Staryu Water (Super Rod)
Starmie Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Crawdaunt Water/Dark (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Nurse Laura
Starly Normal/Flying (Lv.17)
Chansey Normal (Lv.18)

Cinder Volcano splits Route 4 in two, and the caverns’ west side naturally leads out to Route 4 West.

A Porygon near the cave entrance works as Pokémon Storage if you need it.

This side of Route 4 is fairly quiet, with a few optional trainers to battle and items to pick up. One thing you can’t miss: a Lapras docked on the south side of a bridge.

That Lapras is your only way to reach Route 5, since you don’t have HM Waterfall yet.

So once you’ve got everything in order, hop on the Lapras’ back and it’ll take you where you need to go.

Part 6

Route 5 to Crater Town

Route 5 to Crater Town
  • Ride a Lapras to Route 5
  • Explore Route 5
  • Visit the Pokemon Day Care
  • Arrive in Crater Town

Route 5

Points of Interest
Route Healer
Lass Sally
Beauty Janice
Bug Catcher James
Walking Mission
Youngster Ben
Bug Maniac Colton and Lass Robin
Baby Pokemon Mission
Pokemon Day-Care
Pokemon Breeder Challenge
Unova Starter House
Youngster Calvin
Route 4 West
Requires HM Cut
Crater Town
Items
Fresh Water (hidden)
Moon Ball
Ether
Zygarde Cell
Revive
Super Potion
Super Repel
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Lickitung Normal Day and Night
Nidoran Poison Day and Night
Ditto Normal Day and Night
Purrloin Dark Day and Night
Taillow Normal/Flying Day
Growlithe Fire Day
Yanma Bug/Flying Day
Zubat Poison/Flying Night
Murkrow Dark/Flying Night
Houndour Dark/Fire Night
Venonat Bug/Poison Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Basculin Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Corphish Water (Good Rod)
Staryu Water (Good Rod)
Staryu Water (Super Rod)
Starmie Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Crawdaunt Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Trainers
Lass Sally
Taillow Normal/Flying (Lv.19)
Taillow Normal/Flying (Lv.20)
Beauty Janice
Kirlia Psychic/Fairy (Lv.20)
Floette Fairy (Lv.19)
Bug Catcher James
Cutiefly Bug/Fairy (Lv.19)
Venonat Bug/Poison (Lv.20)
Youngster Ben
Nidoran Poison (Lv.20)
Lickitung Normal (Lv.19)
Bug Maniac Colton (possible Double Battle with Robin)
Burmy Bug (Lv.19)
Yanma Bug/Flying (Lv.20)
Combee Water (Lv.19)
Lass Robin (Possible Double Battle with Colton)
Roselia Grass/Poison (Lv.20)
Pokémon Breeder Annie (repeatable daily)
Vulpix Fire (Lv.20)
Purrloin Dark (Lv.20)
Flabebe Fairy (Lv.19)
Ralts Psychic/Fairy (Lv.19)
Cherubi Grass (Lv.19)
Cleffa Fairy (Lv.19)
Youngster Calvin
Growlithe Fire (Lv.18)
Houndour Dark/Fire (Lv.20)

You’ve just ridden a Lapras down a waterfall, and now you’re in Route 5 — a pleasant but damp valley.

Head west through a patch of long grass and talk to the first person you run into.

Luckily, that first person offers to heal your Pokémon for free, and serves as another waypoint on your journey.

Once you’re healed up, walk east and Lass Sally will challenge you.

Past Sally, you’ll see a man jogging up and down the path ahead of you.

He offers you a mission: walk 150,000 steps and he’ll hand over something interesting.

This is something you’ll rack up naturally during a playthrough, so when you eventually hit that number, come back here and he’ll give you Carbos — not just one, but FIFTY doses.

With the walking mission underway, get started by heading west, where you’ll run into Youngster Ben.

There’s a junction here — take the north path and follow the corridor through the trees.

You’ve reached the Pokémon Day Care, and there’s plenty to do here before you move on to Crater Town.

Pokémon Day Care

On the left you’ll find someone who needs your help with research. You’ll need to show them various Baby Pokémon — and some can’t be caught in the wild; they have to be bred at the Day Care while the parent holds certain rare incense items:

Baby Pokémon Locations
Budew Grass/Poisoncatch on Route 4
Azurill Normal/Fairycatch on Route 2
Happiny Normalcatch on Route 18 or breed Chansey with Luck Incense
Mantyke Water/Flyingcatch by Surfing on Routes 6, 7, 12, 16, 17 or breed Mantine with Wave Incense
Wynaut Psychiccatch Wobbuffet in the Safari Zone and breed with Lax Incense
Chingling Psychiccatch Chimecho in Rift Cave and breed with Pure Incense
Bonsly Rockcatch Sudowoodo on Route 18 and breed with Rock Incense
Mime Jr. Psychic/Fairycatch Mr. Mime in a random Swarm and breed with Odd Incense
Munchlax Normalcatch the Snorlax post-game and breed with Full Incense

If you’re lucky and patient enough to pull it all off, your prize is an Oval Charm, which boosts the odds of finding an Egg at the Pokémon Day Care.

Just right of the Day Care entrance is a breeder who needs your help.

You can battle their Pokémon once a day to help train them — and you’ll get stronger in the process.

Like in most Pokémon games, leaving a Pokémon at the Day Care raises its level as you walk around. Check back now and then and you’ll have a stronger Pokémon.

Unova Starter House

Once you’re done at the Day Care, head back to the intersection and take the south path. You’ll see another fork — when you do, immediately follow it west.

You’ll spot a house in the middle of the woods. Go inside — the person living here has a gift for you.

A trainer from Unova lives here, and she has three Unovan starters she can no longer raise.

You can pick one now, then come back when you have 4 badges and 7 badges to collect the other two.

Unova Starters
Snivy Grass
Tepig Fire
Oshawott Water

Back onto Route 5

With your brand-new Unovan Pokémon in hand, head south and Youngster Calvin will challenge you.

Once you’ve seen all there is to see on Route 5, head south and you’ll spot a town sitting in the middle of a massive crater — Crater Town.

Crater Town

Points of Interest
Pokémon Center and Hidden Clefairy
Move Maniac (Reminder)
Swarm Reports
Poke Mart
Crater Town Gym
Brother Rescue Mission
Exits and Passages
(East) Route 5
(West) KBT Expressway
Requires HM Cut
Blocked by Shadow Grunts
Items
Stardust
Stardust
Stardust
Star Piece
Zygarde Cell

There’s a couple of things to do here — first, head to the Pokémon Center.

Check the bookshelf next to the counter and you’ll find a hidden path leading to a small room with a Clefairy inside — one of many secret spots where you can battle or catch a rare Pokémon.

After catching or defeating the Clefairy, walk south to the house tucked into the southeast corner of the crater.

This is the Move Maniac’s house — he’ll teach your Pokémon a forgotten move in exchange for Heart Scales.

Since you don’t have any yet, leave and continue west around the crater’s edge.

Two Shadow grunts are having a whispered conversation at this end of town, and you can’t get past them.

Go north, dipping down into the crater a bit, and you’ll find a Poke Mart.

The Poke Mart is a great spot for supplies, but there’s something else worth picking up here — and it’s completely free.

The blonde-haired woman inside gives you TM70 Flash, which lights up dark places. You’ll need it later.

West of the Poke Mart stands the Crater Town Gym — but you might want a bit more training before taking it on.

Walk south from here and you’ll see a house just south of the crater’s center.

Inside lives a family that can somehow sense when random Swarm events happen — and they can tell you about them.

Talk to the girl inside and she’ll tell you where the Swarm is and what it is. Her father will give you a random Berry if you show him a Pokémon caught from that swarm.

There’s one more thing to grab in Crater Town — a mission from the southwest house.

The KBT Expressway

The man who lives here has a brother who was kidnapped by a ruthless gang called the Black Emboar, and they’ve headed to the KBT Expressway.

Sounds like the perfect place to train up before taking on the Crater Gym.

The KBT Expressway — short for the ‘King Borrius the Third Expressway’, according to the nearby Hiker — can be reached from the northern exit of Crater Town.

Part 7

KBT Expressway & Crater Gym

KBT Expressway & Crater Gym
  • Enter the KBT Expressway
  • Defeat the Black Emboar
  • Obtain the Motorcycle
  • Challenge the Crater Town Gym
  • Confront the Shadow Boss
  • Obtain HM01 Cut

The KBT Expressway

The KBT Expressway opens up just north of Crater Town, and your reason for heading inside is a worried man’s missing brother.

This expressway is a sprawling tunnel network that ties together most of the towns in Borrius — although only a few stretches are open to you right now.

The tunnels are crawling with biker thugs who call themselves the Black Emboar, and you’ll have to battle through them one by one to keep moving.

Along the way you’ll spot a man dressed like a juggler who claims to belong to the Gem Family. These are move tutors — they’ll teach your Pokémon powerful moves in exchange for a set number of type-specific Gems.

More on that once the Black Emboar problem is sorted out.

Wild Pokémon
Cave
Zubat Poison/Flying
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Makuhita Fighting
Aron Steel/Rock
Nosepass Rock
Geodude Rock/Ground
Noibat Flying/Dragon
Trainers
Black Emboar Goon A
Tepig Fire (Lv.19)
Grimer Poison (Lv.20)
Koffing Poison (Lv.20)
Black Emboar Goon B
Tepig Fire (Lv.19)
Salandit Poison/Fire (Lv.20)
Black Emboar Goon C
Numel Fire/Ground (Lv.19)
Koffing Poison (Lv.20)
Black Emboar Goon D
Ekans Poison (Lv.20)
Koffing Poison (Lv.21)
Tepig Fire (Lv.19)
Trubbish Poison (Lv.20)
Numel Fire/Ground (Lv.20)

Mining Minigame

Push a little further ahead and you’ll run into a worker who offers to lend you his mining tools. Each dig will cost you P1000.

The goal is to break apart as much rock as you can with the hammer and pick before the wall caves in.

Keep an eye on the crack at the top of the screen — it grows with every hit, so don’t swing recklessly.

Get lucky and you can dig up Hard Stones, Heart Scales, Everstones, Revives, any of the evolution stones, plus a handful of other treasures.

When you’ve had your fill of mining, keep heading north until you reach an intersection.

Black Emboar Boss – James

Talk to the big man waiting here and he’ll introduce himself as James — the boss of the Black Emboar.

He wastes no time and challenges you to a battle on the spot, just to see if you’re worthy.

Black Emboar Boss James
Koffing Poison (Lv.20)
Salandit Poison/Fire (Lv.21)
Alolan Grimer Poison/Dark (Lv.22)
Pignite Fire/Fighting (Lv.22)

Beat him and he’ll be so impressed that he renames the whole gang after you.

Ask him about your mission and you’ll get a surprise — James is actually the missing brother you’ve been searching for.

The two of you head back to Crater Town together to face his brother, who was simply worried that James was getting in over his head.

James tells you his gang is relocating to Antisis City, and before leaving he has a parting gift for you.

You’re now the proud owner of a Motorcycle, which you can bind to the Select button through the Cube menu.

It’s much quicker than the Running Shoes, and riding it also cuts down on wild Pokémon encounters. Very useful.

Moving Forward

With the Black Emboar cleared out, the KBT Expressway becomes a handy shortcut. For the moment, though, the only towns it links you to are Dresco Town and Frozen Heights.

Four Gem Family tutors are also reachable inside the tunnels if you’d like their moves:

Gem Family Move Shops
MoveScreenshotLocation
Poison Cross Poison 2 Poison GemsNorth of the Crater Town Entrance
Grass Power Whip 4 Grass GemsAlong the Dresco Town tunnel (east of the Boss James fork)
Dark Crunch 3 Dark GemsAlong the Blizzard City/Frozen Heights tunnel (north of the Boss James fork)
Ice Triple Axel 3 Ice GemsAlong the Frozen Heights tunnel (north and east of the blocked Blizzard City exit)

That’s everything here — time to head to the Crater Gym and earn your next badge.

Crater Gym – Vision Badge

You’ll find the Crater Gym in the northeast part of Crater Town, down in the lower ring.

This is a Dark-type gym, and the building commits to the theme — inside, it’s completely pitch black.

The Gym Guide explains the gimmick: beating trainers here will expand how far you can see, so that comes first.

One quick tip: Dark-type moves hit Psychic- and Ghost-type Pokémon super-effectively, so keep yours off the field. On the flip side, Dark-types are weak to Fighting, Bug, and Fairy moves.

One more warning — the dark energy saturating this gym chips away at your Pokémon every turn, unless they’re Dark- or Ghost-type, or carry an ability like Magic Guard, Unaware, or Oblivious.

Gym Trainers
Youngster Dixon
Nuzleaf Grass/Dark (Lv.21)
Scientist Dilweed
Poochyena Dark (Lv.21)
Medium Lyssa
Murkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.21)
Gentleman Clemonce
Houndour Dark/Fire (Lv.21)

From the entrance, take the right-hand corridor until you run into the trainers. Youngster Dixon and Scientist Dilweed will each battle you on their own, but if you step into the space between Medium Lyssa and Gentleman Clemonce, they’ll team up on you in a Double Battle.

If you’d rather not face both at once, just talk to each of them separately.

Once all four trainers are down, your circle of visibility will be far wider than before.

Head back to the Guide at the gym’s entrance and go through the passage behind him.

Crater Gym Sneaking Puzzle

Are you a fan of stealth puzzles?

Whether you are or not, this next stretch is one.

Head left down the corridor until you see a female trainer run past and then turn back — tail her while her back is turned, then duck into the alcove to the south as she passes by.

The same trick applies to a boy trainer doing the same loop further along the path. If you’re spotted at any point, you’ll be sent right back to the start.

Past those two NPCs there’s a checkpoint before you have to slip by two more trainers.

None of these stretches should give you much trouble if you take a moment to learn their patrol patterns.

Two more trainers wait beyond that — including a sneaky cameraman — but keep at it and you’ll eventually reach the Gym Leader’s room.

Crater Gym Leader – Vega

Crater’s Gym Leader is a pretty edgy character, and the Vision Badge is yours if you can beat him.

There’s no real gimmick to this fight, though his Pokémon’s moves will probably make your team flinch a lot.

Gym Leader Vega
Liepard Dark (Lv.22)
Sneasel Dark/Ice (Lv.21)
Absol Dark (Lv.23)

After You Win

If you win, Vega hands over the Vision Badge along with TM46 Thief.

With Vega defeated, you’ll notice the Shadow Grunts have cleared out from Crater Town’s southern exit.

It turns out to be too good to be true — the moment you try to leave through that exit, a gang of Grunts ambushes you and drags you off to Cinder Volcano.

Shadow Battles

The Shadow’s leader, a man named Zeph, is waiting here — along with Ivory, the one who captured Moltres.

Ivory challenges you to a battle right away.

Shadow Admin Ivory
Misdreavus Ghost (Lv.22)
Kadabra Psychic (Lv.21)

Ivory isn’t much of a threat if you’ve been keeping your team trained evenly.

Once she’s beaten, Zeph declares he’ll deal with you personally, once and for all.

Zeph brings just a single Pokémon — Ivory warns him not to try taking you on with it, but he ignores her.

Shadow Boss Zeph
Houndoom Dark/Fire (Lv.24)

He’s stunned when you beat his Houndoom, but there’s no time to dwell on it.

An earthquake shakes the volcano, and a Shadow Grunt reports that some huge monster has emerged from below.

The Shadow make a hasty exit, leaving you alone — until a strange Pokémon appears and shoves you through a portal to safety.

You land in the southern KBT tunnel south of Crater Town — exactly where you were trying to go in the first place.

Getting HM01 Cut

Turns out the way forward to Thundercap Mountain and Zapdos is blocked by a rockfall, and you’ll need HM06 Rock Smash to clear it.

The Hiker knows someone who can hand it over, but that person lives in Blizzard City. The only route to Blizzard City from here runs through the cave at the very center of Crater Town.

And that cave is blocked by a small tree…

Luckily, the Hiker gives you HM01 Cut.

Optional: Backtracking for Extra Items

Cut opens up a few spots on routes you’ve already visited. If you fancy backtracking for some extra loot, here’s where to look:

Cut Backtracking Locations
Route 5
Raid Den (hidden grotto)
Moon Stone (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
TM09 Bullet Seed
Route 4 East
TM66 Payback
Route 2
TM112 Round

Entering Valley Cave

Valley Cave is your next stop, and chopping down the small tree at the bottom of the crater is how you get in.

Part 8

Valley Cave

Valley Cave
  • Cross through Valley Cave
  • Explore Route 6
  • Pass through Route 7
  • Obtain the Old Rod
  • Arrive at the Frost Mountain entrance

Valley Cave

Points of Interest
Gambler Hugo(north) Crater Town
Black Belt HitoshiRequires HM Rock Climb
Secret ButtonRequires HM Waterfall
Pokemon Ranger NicolasRequires HM Rock Climb
Gentleman Thomas(south) Route 6
Items
Super Repel
Stardust
Zygarde Cell
TM03 Water Pulse
Focus Band (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Phanpy Ground
Nosepass Rock
Aron Steel/Rock
Noibat Flying/Dragon
Gligar Ground/Flying
Surfing
Finneon Water
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Psyduck Water
Golduck Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Psyduck Water (Good Rod)
Finneon Water (Good Rod)
Golduck Water (Super Rod)
Lumineon Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Geodude Rock/Ground
Nosepass Rock

Valley Cave, beneath Crater Town, is your only way through to Blizzard City — and Blizzard City is the only place you can get your hands on HM06 Rock Smash.

Once inside, head west through an empty level of the cavern, then take a ladder down.

The path through this cave is fairly linear, and a couple of trainers are waiting to test you along the way.

Travel west and then south, and you’ll bump into Gambler Hugo.

Beat him and carry on south, where Black Belt Hitoshi will challenge you next.

Past him, you’ll spot a path running underneath a bridge.

Duck under it and you’ll reach a small fork: heading south leads to an item, while going north takes you up onto the elevated platform you need to continue.

When you reach the northern platform and get to the bridge’s west side, look for a small rock against the western wall.

Touch it and it’ll reveal itself to be a button — though pressing it does nothing for now.

For the moment, take on Pokémon Ranger Nicolas and cross the bridge past him.

Beyond that bridge there’s a narrower bridge heading south that you need to cross. Keep pushing south.

You’ll find Gentleman Thomas standing by a monolith like the one in Icicle Cave — but you can’t reach it yet without Rock Climb.

The Gentleman explains the inscription, which hints at what the button rock wants: put a Bug-type Pokémon first in your party, then press the button.

But without Rock Climb it won’t make any difference, so that’s a puzzle to revisit later.

Head west and you’ll spot a ladder.

Climb it, and eventually you’ll emerge onto Route 6.

Route 6

Trainers
Gambler Hugo
Gligar Ground/Flying (Lv.21)
Noibat Flying/Dragon (Lv.22)
Black Belt Hitoshi
Machop Fighting (Lv.21)
Makuhita Fighting (Lv.22)
Mankey Fighting (Lv.21)
Pokemon Ranger Nicolas
Oricorio Ghost/Flying (Lv.21)
Murkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.22)
Gentleman Thomas
Phanpy Ground (Lv.22)
Houndour Dark/Fire (Lv.22)
Points of Interest
Healing Chansey
Terror Granbull Blockage
Camper Ricky
Picnicker Nancy
Raid Den
Bug Catcher Ravi
Bug Maniac Navi
Painter Picaso
Lass Alba
Lass Oriana
Lass Soleil
Youngster Josh
Valley Cave
Requires HM Surf
Auburn Waterway
Route 7
Items
Sun Stone (hidden)
Cheri Berry (hidden)
Ether
Lemonade
Pecha Berry (hidden)
TM95 Struggle Bug
Zygarde Cell (after beating Blizzard Gym)
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Bunnelby Normal Day and Night
Shinx Electric Day and Night
Luxio Electric Day and Night
Deerling Normal/Grass Day and Night
Ledyba Bug/Flying Day
Ledian Bug/Flying Day
Sunkern Grass Day
Spinarak Bug/Poison Night
Ariados Bug/Poison Night
Kricketot Bug Night
Surfing
Mantyke Water/Flying
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Goldeen Water (Good Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Seaking Water (Super Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)

As you step out of Valley Cave, the first thing you’ll see is a Chansey waiting at the entrance to heal your team.

This route is packed with trainers, so don’t be shy about backtracking to that Chansey as often as you need.

The left path through the trees runs straight into a gathering of Terror Granbull goons. They’re guarding a Zygarde Cell, though you can’t collect it until after the Blizzard City Gym.

For now, double back to the intersection and head south across a bridge.

Once you’ve beaten Camper Ricky, the route splits — each path crosses its own bridge.

The east bridge only leads to optional items and trainers; the west bridge is the one that takes you deeper into the route.

Crossing the west bridge, you’ll notice a little gully with trainers in it.

Painter Picaso will challenge you with just his Smeargle. Beat him and keep heading south.

Youngster Josh is the final trainer on this route — take him on and you’re clear to continue south.

You don’t need Auburn Waterway yet, so stick to the west path.

Take that west path and a cutscene will play: Ivory is plotting to keep Thundercap Mountain cut off, by whatever means it takes.

Afterwards, head west onto Route 7.

Route 7

Trainers
Camper Ricky
Deerling Normal/Grass (Lv.23)
Picnicker Nancy
Nidoran Poison (Lv.23)
Bug Catcher Ravi
Kricketot Bug (Lv.22)
Spinarak Bug/Poison (Lv.22)
Bug Maniac Nutso
Beedrill Bug/Poison (Lv.23)
Kricketune Bug (Lv.22)
Painter Picaso
Smeargle Normal (Lv.23)
Lass Alba
Sunkern Grass (Lv.21)
Ledyba Bug/Flying (Lv.22)
Lass Oriana
Sunkern Grass (Lv.21)
Ledyba Bug/Flying (Lv.22)
Lass Soleil
Solrock Rock/Psychic (Lv.22)
Sunflora Grass (Lv.23)
Youngster Josh
Bunnelby Normal (Lv.22)
Shinx Electric (Lv.23)
Points of Interest
Raid Den
Youngster Tyler
Lass Wanda
Picnicker Diana
Camper Dylan
Psychic Psiona
Hiker Marcos
Juggler Kayden
Black Belt Koichi
Bird Keeper Keith
Fisherman House
(south) Route 6
Requires HM Rock Climb
Route 9
Frost Mountain
Requires HM Surf
(north) Route 6
Items
Blue Shard
Heart Scale
Super Repel
Zygarde Cell
Dawn Stone (hidden)
Protein (hidden)
Leaf Stone
Figy Berry
TM108 Snarl
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Buneary Normal Day and Night
Abra Psychic Day and Night
Mareep Electric Day and Night
Shinx Electric Day and Night
Luxio Electric Day and Night
Yungoos Normal Day
Gumshoos Normal Day
Doduo Normal/Flying Day
Espurr Psychic Day
Alolan Rattata Dark/Normal Night
Alolan Raticate Dark/Normal Night
Drowzee Psychic Night
Surfing
Mantyke Water/Flying
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Goldeen Water (Good Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Seaking Water (Super Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)

Stepping onto the route, you’ll spot two trainers to the southwest.

That’s Youngster Tyler and Lass Wanda — depending on where you stand, you can battle them one at a time or together as a Double Battle.

The same deal applies to Picnicker Diana and Camper Dylan: walk straight between them and they’ll fight you as a pair, or challenge each one individually for solo battles.

Once you’ve beaten them however you like, you’ll notice a gate leading to another route to the south.

Shadow Grunts are blocking it, so you’ll have to take the other way.

Hiker Marcos will challenge you as you start up the hill, with Juggler Kayden waiting after him.

Cross the bridge north of there to reach a small island, then take the second bridge.

Walk across it and Black Belt Koichi is hard to miss. Once he’s dealt with, you’ll be back on the mainland.

The way to Frost Mountain and Blizzard City lies north of here — but take the east path first.

Bird Keeper Keith will challenge you, and past him you’ll see a small house to the south. That’s where the Fisherman lives with his wife.

After two routes packed with trainers, your party is probably due for a good heal — and the Fisherman’s wife is happy to oblige.

Talk to the Fisherman inside the house and he’ll hand you the Old Rod: your first chance to start fishing for Pokémon, and a step toward rod upgrades later on.

With your team healed and the Old Rod in hand, head back to the Frost Mountain entrance and go inside.

Route 8 and Blizzard City lie just ahead.

Part 9

Frost Mountain & Blizzard City

Frost Mountain & Blizzard City
  • Delve into Frost Mountain
  • Battle your Rival
  • Emerge into Route 8
  • Arrive in Blizzard City
  • Find a Missing Kid
  • Upgrade your Pokedex
  • Obtain HM06 Rock Smash

Frost Mountain – 1F

Points of Interest
Rival Battle
Collector Cooper
Painter Gogh
Black Belt Aaron
Hiker Allen
Route 7
Requires HM Rock Climb
Requires HM Rock Climb
Requires HM Surf
Ladder Up to 2F
Ladder Up to 2F
Items
Dusk Stone (hidden)
Black Belt (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Roggenrola Rock
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Aron Steel/Rock
Bronzor Steel/Psychic
Nosepass Rock
Sneasel Dark/Ice
Onix Rock/Ground
Cryogonal Ice
Surfing
Seel Water
Dewgong Water/Ice
Spheal Ice/Water
Sealeo Ice/Water
Lapras Water/Ice
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Seel Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Good Rod)
Dewgong Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Cloyster Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Trainers
Collector Cooper
Pignite Fire/Fighting (Lv.24)
Dewott Water (Lv.24)
Servine Grass (Lv.24)
Painter Gogh
Smeargle Normal (Lv.24)
Black Belt Aaron
Lucario Fighting/Steel (Lv.24)
Hiker Allen
Onix Rock/Ground (Lv.25)

The moment you step into Frost Mountain, you’ll watch your Rival get knocked flat by Ivory. He’s out cold.

Head north and you’ll find him easily enough.

Rival Battle

Despite his recent loss, he still wants to battle — though not before mentioning he got his Pokedex upgraded in Blizzard City.

Rival Battle (Third Round)
Swinub Ice/Ground (Lv.26)
Trumbeak Normal/Flying (Lv.25)
Metang Steel/Psychic or Gabite Ground/Dragon or Pupitar Rock/Ground (Lv.26)

Once you’ve beaten him he leaves, and you’re free to explore the rest of the cave.

Walk north and you’ll see a passage heading west.

Follow that passage and you’ll run into Collector Cooper, the first trainer to challenge you in Frost Mountain.

Beat him and you’ll reach something of an intersection. Jumping down the cliff scores you some items plus a bonus trainer battle.

But if progress is what you’re after, take the north passage.

The passage loops around.

Follow it until you spot stairs heading up, passing beneath a bridge with Black Belt Aaron underneath on the way.

Climb the stairs and continue west until you can cross the bridge. Hiker Allen is guarding a ladder to the second floor there.

Deal with the Hiker, then climb the ladder.

Frost Mountain – 2F

Points of Interest
Gambler Hugo
Black Belt Hitoshi
Ladder Down to 1F
Ladder Down to 2F
Requires HM Rock Climb
Requires HM Strength
Route 8
Ladder Up to 2F
Ladder Up to 2F
Items
Max Repel
TM72 Avalanche
Revive (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Roggenrola Rock
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Aron Steel/Rock
Bronzor Steel/Psychic
Nosepass Rock
Sneasel Dark/Ice
Onix Rock/Ground
Cryogonal Ice
Surfing
Seel Water
Dewgong Water/Ice
Spheal Ice/Water
Sealeo Ice/Water
Lapras Water/Ice
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Seel Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Good Rod)
Dewgong Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Cloyster Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Trainers
Hiker Eric
Aron Steel/Rock (Lv.24)
Boldore Rock (Lv.25)
Painter Gogh
Bronzor Normal (Lv.25)
Togedemaru Electric/Steel (Lv.25)

The first thing you’ll notice up here is a bunch of ramps and round boulders to the north — but they’re out of your reach for now.

Head east and follow the passage; it’ll eventually curve around to the west.

Hiker Eric will challenge you, and once he’s beaten you can push north past him. This floor is fairly straightforward, and you’ll reach a ladder exit before long.

Super Nerd Jovan is the last obstacle in Frost Mountain — beat him, climb the narrow staircase, and you’ll find a ladder up to the final level.

That final level is just an empty cave, though, and the exit is a short walk to the west.

Route 8

Points of Interest
Healing Nurse Patty
Youngster Eddie
Battle Girl Jessica
Lost Kid Location
Jumping Mission
Raid Den
Black Belt Mike
Picnicker Isabelle
Camper Shane
Hiker Brice
Camper Evans
Black Belt Hideki
(south) Frost Mountain
(north) Blizzard City
Items
Moon Stone
Blue Shard (hidden)
X Defense (hidden)
Max Repel
Super Potion
Nugget (hidden)
Great Ball
Revive
Ether (hidden)
Big Pearl
Lax Incense (Hidden)
Mago Berry (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Icy Rock
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Snover Grass/Ice Day and Night
Snorunt Ice Day and Night
Cubchoo Ice Day and Night
Deerling Normal/Grass Day and Night
Flaaffy Electric Day and Night
Minior Rock/Flying Day and Night
Sneasel Dark/Ice Night
Rock Smash
Roggenrola Rock
Trainers
Nurse Patty
Flaaffy Electric (Lv.25)
Chansey Normal (Lv.26)
Youngster Eddie
Snover Grass/Ice (Lv.26)
Battle Girl Jessica
Meditite Fighting/Psych (Lv.25)
Hariyama Fighting (Lv.26)
Black Belt Mike
Mankey Fighting (Lv.25)
Pignite Fire/Fighting (Lv.26)
Machop Fighting (Lv.26)
Picnicker Isabelle
Sunkern Grass (Lv.26)
Furret Normal (Lv.26)
Meowstic Psychic (Lv.26)
Camper Shane
Abra Psychic (Lv.25)
Cubchoo Ice (Lv.26)
Stantler Normal (Lv.27)
Hiker Brice
Roggenrola Rock (Lv.26)
Aron Steel/Rock (Lv.26)
Geodude Rock/Ground (Lv.26)
Camper Evans
Nidorino Poison (Lv.26)
Lickitung Normal (Lv.27)
Black Belt Hideki
Bewear Normal/Fighting (Lv.27)
Primeape Fighting (Lv.27)

Route 8 is long and twisty, so keep the map in this guide handy along with the directions if you start feeling lost.

One heads-up: the moment you leave the cave, hail starts falling everywhere — and it affects every battle. So if your Pokémon:

  • isn’t an Ice-type
  • isn’t holding something like the Safety Goggles
  • or doesn’t have an ability like Magic Guard

then it’ll take chip damage every single turn.

Walk north until you reach Nurse Patty — she’ll be a welcome sight.

Like the other nurses, she’ll only heal you if you can beat her.

Once that’s done, heal up and push further north into the icy wilds.

You’ll come across Youngster Eddie; beat him, then head north up the stairs.

Walk east until you spot a blond female trainer.

That’s Battle Girl Jessica. After beating her, take note of her location — you’ll be coming back here shortly.

Head north until you find another set of stairs.

At the fork, turn east and keep walking that way until you meet a Black Belt with a mission for you.

He wants you to jump off cliffs 555 times — a tall order, though he counts every jump you’ve made so far.

Finish his mission and your reward is 60 Carbos — quite the prize.

With that handled, keep going east until you find another staircase heading south. The path curves around and runs west along the lower level.

Carry on south and you’ll run into Black Belt Mike. Once he’s beaten, walk east until you reach a frozen pond.

Crossing the pond is simple — there’s no real puzzle to it.

On the other side, continue north.

The path keeps going north until you hit a series of wooden bridges.

Picnicker Isabelle is on the right side of this little gully — battle her or skip her, your call.

Keep walking under the bridges until you can climb up to their level.

You’ll meet Camper Shane along the way, but after crossing the three wooden bridge spans you’ll reach the western ledge.

Back on solid rock and snow, keep west through a couple of long grass patches until you see a way north.

Go north through the narrow passage and you’ll run into Camper Evans.

Beat him, then follow the path as it turns west.

Keep heading west until you reach a large patch of long grass.

On the far side of it, the entrance to Blizzard City waits to the north.

Quick note: on your way in, a Skier won’t battle you — but he’ll give you a Casteliacone instead.

After all that trekking through the hail, you’ve finally made it to Blizzard City.

Blizzard City

Points of Interest
Lost Kid Mission House
Berry and VS Seeker House
Pokemon Center/Crater Town Taxi
Gym Leader’s House
Thief Mission and Pokedex Upgrade House
Sharp Beak
Poke Mart
Worker Alan
Rock Smash and Pie House
Blizzard Gym
Route 8
KBT Expressway
Items
Revive
Zygarde Cell

Finding the Missing Boy

As soon as you arrive, head into the first house you see.

You’ll quickly learn that every Blizzard City house is big and full of people to talk to.

The Juggler on the ground floor gives you TM118 Aurora Veil, free of charge. Nice.

There’s also a Black Belt on this floor who’ll teach your Pokémon Ice Punch for 2 Blue Shards.

Climb the stairs to the north and you’ll meet a woman with a job for you.

Her brother has gone missing, and you’ll need to head back out to Route 8 to track him down.

Remember the blond trainer from earlier? The kid is right there now, hiding behind a small bush you can chop down.

Talk to him and he’ll follow you all the way back to Blizzard City.

Once you’ve brought her brother home, the woman rewards you with TM27 Return — fitting, really.

When you’ve done everything you can in this house, keep west until you find the next door you can enter.

That house has a couple of useful things inside, so head in.

The Vs. Seeker

On the ground floor, a woman will trade the berry she asks for each day for a different berry.

Head upstairs for something useful.

The man upstairs gives you the VS Seeker, which helps you find trainers up for a rematch — great for training.

Finding the Pokécenter

The Pokémon Center is just west of here, and a Staraptor offers a free ride to Crater Town if you want it.

Show the Breeder in the Pokémon Center a Pokémon that can still evolve and he’ll hand you an Eviolite — a held item that boosts the Defense and Special Defense of any Pokémon that isn’t fully evolved.

Head north to the next ring of houses and you’ll catch Ivory mid-mission: apparently a success. She freezes the KBT Expressway entrance shut before leaving.

Visiting More Houses

The next stop is the Gym Leader’s house, on the northwest side of the middle ring of houses.

Alicia, Gym Leader Alice’s daughter, offers a trade: her Electrode (holding an Amulet Coin) for your Onix. You can catch an Onix in Frost Mountain if you need one.

Pokémon Trade
Alicia offers:
Electrode Electric (holding an Amulet Coin)
For:
Onix Rock/Ground found in Frost Mountain

After that, go through the door on the right side of the middle row of houses — there’s another mission waiting.

On the ground floor you’ll find a woman whose Pokémon was stolen. Accept her mission for now; you can finish it later.

Head upstairs and talk to the woman on the couch if you want a real challenge.

Candice is a visiting Gym Leader from Sinnoh, and she puts up a solid fight.

Visiting Sinnoh Leader Candice
Sneasel Dark/Ice (Lv.28)
Piloswine Ice/Ground (Lv.33)
Glaceon Ice (Lv.30)
Froslass Ice/Ghost (Lv.29)

Bring several Pokémon that can handle Ice-types — Candice switches her team around freely, and she’ll make this battle much tougher than it needs to be otherwise.

Beat her and she’ll give you an Ice Gem. You can challenge her again every day.

This floor is also home to Professor Log’s sister, Nat Log.

She upgraded your Rival’s Pokedex, and she’ll upgrade yours too — as long as you’ve caught at least 15 Pokémon.

Her assistant can answer any questions about the new features.

The other young lady here is Ayla — Borrius’s answer to Bill, in charge of the Pokémon Storage system.

Finding the Mart

Talk to the man wandering around the Poké Mart and he’ll give you a Sharp Beak — handy if you’ve got Flying-types.

Then head inside the Mart.

If you have an Eevee, the blond woman inside will give you an Ice Stone for showing it to her.

Walk northwest and you’ll eventually spot the Blizzard City Gym and its distinctive design.

Before you head in to take it on, though, there are a few other things worth handling first.

Getting Rock Smash (And Other Tasks)

East of the Gym, in the northeast corner of town — the spot where the cutscene showed Ivory — Worker Alan will battle you, and you can rematch him as many times as you like.

Worker Alan
Carbink Rock/Fairy (Lv.26)
Nosepass Rock (Lv.26)

Once you’ve beaten him to your heart’s content, head into the house here.

This is the home of the man you’re supposed to see about Rock Smash — the whole reason you trekked up to Blizzard City.

He hands you HM06 Rock Smash as soon as you ask.

The old lady in this house gives you a pie recipe.

Bring her the ingredients and she’ll send you after two more sets of ingredients before handing over her final reward: 3 Gold Bottle Caps.

That’s Blizzard City wrapped up for now — there’s a missing Pokémon to find.

Walk south toward the town entrance and you’ll see a shady man in a black hat heading east into a deep forest.

Follow him and you’ll discover the path to Frozen Forest.

Part 10

Frozen Forest & Blizzard City Gym

Frozen Forest & Blizzard City Gym
  • Brave the Frozen Forest
  • Confront the Burglar
  • Battle a Crabominable
  • Challenge the Blizzard City Gym
  • Use HM06 Rock Smash to access KBT Expressway
  • Break through to Failshore City

Frozen Forest

Points of Interest
Crabominable Nest
Burglar Clearing
Blizzard City
Items
Zygarde Cell
Snowball
Aguav Berry (hidden)
Ice Stone
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Snover Grass/Ice Day and Night
Cubchoo Ice Day and Night
Sneasel Dark/Ice Night

You entered the Frozen Forest on behalf of a woman whose Pokémon was stolen. The woods themselves are straightforward — mostly just stick to the trail, with a couple of detours worth your attention.

Just north of the entrance you will spot something odd: the den of a huge Crabominable. You can reach it by using Cut on the small trees blocking the way. Thankfully it is asleep, for now.

To keep moving forward, take the path heading west and loop it around.

No trainers lurk along this trail waiting to challenge you — just a few patches of tall grass to push through.

Frozen Forest Ice Puzzle

Press on until the path opens onto a big frozen pond. This is an ice-sliding puzzle.

Slide in this order to reach the other side:

  1. From the southernmost land tile, slide east onto the ice
  2. Slide down
  3. Slide right
  4. Slide up off the ice
  5. Obtain the Ice Stone
  6. Slide down back onto the ice
  7. Slide left
  8. Slide up
  9. Slide left
  10. Slide down
  11. Slide left
  12. Slide down
  13. Slide right
  14. Slide down and off the ice

You will slide off near the mouth of a clearing — and that is where the stolen Pokémon is being held.

The Missing Pokémon

The moment you step into the clearing, Burglar Jett confronts you — he is holding the woman’s Alolan Ninetales, and he has brought his other Pokémon along to back himself up.

Burglar Jett
Alolan Ninetales Ice/Fairy (Lv.27)
Mightyena Dark (Lv.28)

Winning that battle only solves half the problem: the noise has woken the Crabominable, and now it wants a fight with you.

Pokémon Encounter
Crabominable Fighting/Ice (Lv. 32)

Here is the good news — you can catch this Crabominable, and it is your only chance in the entire game to get one, so bring Poké Balls.

Once you bring the Alolan Ninetales back to its owner in Blizzard City, she thanks you with one of its Eggs. Give it time and it will hatch into an Alolan Vulpix.

Egg Pokémon
Alolan Vulpix Ice (Lv.1)

With that errand wrapped up, it is time to take on the Gym and earn the right to use HM Rock Smash outside of battle.

Blizzard Gym – Wings Badge

Despite the icy name, Blizzard City’s Gym specializes in Flying-types — fitting, since the city sits so high above sea level.

Flying moves hit Bug, Fighting, and Grass types super effectively, while Flying-types themselves fear Electric, Ice, and Rock attacks.

Gym Trainers
Bird Keeper Wilton
Honchkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.27)
Pelipper Water/Flying (Lv.28)
Bird Keeper Edwin
Trumbeak Normal/Flying (Lv.27)
Bird Keeper Sebastian
Oricorio (Pa’u) Psychic/Flying (Lv.27)
Staravia Normal/Flying (Lv.28)
Bird Keeper Chester
Doduo Normal/Flying (Lv.27)
Murkrow Normal/Flying (Lv.27)
Oricorio (Pom-Pom) Electric/Flying (Lv.27)
Bird Keeper Perry
Swellow Normal/Flying (Lv.28)
Swablu Normal/Flying (Lv.27)
Bird Keeper Robert
Starly Normal/Flying (Lv.28)
Pikipek Normal/Flying (Lv.28)
Spearow Normal/Flying (Lv.28)

The Gym is laid out as low corridors laced with fans that launch you onto an upper floor of platforms. It is a maze, and one wrong turn means a bonus fight with a trainer you could otherwise skip.

Start from the Guide near the entrance and step onto the fan right behind him — it will blast you up to a platform that splits two ways.

Head west, loop around the upper level, and drop through the hole at the end.

You will land in a lower room where Bird Keeper Edwin stands in your way, with another fan waiting to the east.

Beat him and take that east fan to ride back up.

Ignore the hole beside your entry point and walk north into Bird Keeper Sebastian.

The route he guards leads down into another lower chamber with its own fan — follow it.

Ride that fan up and keep following the long upper walkway until Bird Keeper Perry spots you.

After Perry, take the next hole down, cross the lower room to one more fan, and you will pop out into the last upper corridor.

Bird Keeper Robert is the final trainer standing between you and the Leader. Beat him, then follow the path north and drop down — you will land right in the Leader’s room.

Blizzard City Gym Leader – Alice

Alice carries herself with grace, but she gets straight to business and throws down a challenge.

Gym Leader Alice (Vanilla)
Doduo Normal/Flying (Lv.29)
Gliscor Ground/Flying (Lv.28)
Minior Fire/Flying (Lv.30)

Her lineup punishes lazy play — if Electric attacks have been carrying you through this Gym, her Gliscor will ruin that plan, since it is immune to them. Hit it with an Ice move instead.

Victory earns you the Wings Badge and TM40 Aerial Ace.

After You Win

Step outside after the match and Alice will catch up with you — she has something else to say.

She has her Gliscor smash through the barrier Ivory set up at the KBT Expressway entrance, and with her permission you can now use Rock Smash outside of battle.

Your next goal is Fallshore City via the KBT Expressway — though a few optional errands might be worth doing first.

Tip: Talk to Alice again and she will ask you to gather 20 Pretty Wings from Wingull or Pelipper. Every one of them holds the item — but unless you catch each bird, you will need a move like Thief or Knock Off to snatch them. Hand over all twenty and she will reward you with a Power Anklet.

Optional: Rock Smash Backtracking

Now that Rock Smash is legal to use, it opens up plenty of goodies.

Before you enter the KBT Expressway, consider backtracking to snag these optional items:

Rock Smash Backtracking Locations
Frozen Forest
PP Up
Route 7
Shiny Stone (hidden)
Valley Cave B1F
Heart Scale
Razor Fang
Icicle Cave 3F
Nevermeltice
Rare Candy
Frozen Heights
Dawn Stone
Cinder Volcano 3F East
Quick Ball
Full Heal
Fire Stone
Cinder Volcano 2F West
Burn Heal
Nugget
Fire Gem (defeat Ace Trainer Alexa)
Ace Trainer Alexa
Breloom Grass/Fighting (Lv.30)
Gardevoir Psychic/Fairy (Lv.31)
Magmar Fire (Lv.30)
Sealeo Ice/Water (Lv.31)
Florges Fairy (Lv.31)

Return to KBT Expressway

When you are ready, step into the KBT Expressway.

Inside this stretch of tunnel you will meet another member of the Gem Family offering move trades — two more of his relatives are reachable right now too:

Gem Family Move Shops – Part 2
Flying Brave Bird 4 Flying GemsNear the Blizzard City Entrance
Ghost Poltergeist 4 Ghost GemsAlong the Fallshore City Tunnel
Normal Body Slam 3 Normal GemsAlong the Fallshore City Tunnel

To reach the rest of the tunnel, smash the rocks blocking the east side.

Push through the Expressway until you reach Crater Town, then head for its south exit.

Do not worry — no Shadow Grunts will ambush you this time.

The barrier south of this tunnel is yours to break now. Keep heading for the Fallshore City exit.

Step through it and out into the daylight — welcome to Fallshore City.

Your first sight is Jax challenging Ivory yet again. It goes badly for him.

Once that spectacle ends, the town is yours to explore.

Part 11

Fallshore City & Route 11

Fallshore City & Route 11
  • Explore Fallshore City
  • Challenge the Inverse Battle House
  • Obtain the Trainer Catalogue
  • Cross Route 11 to reach Epidimy Town

Fallshore City

Points of Interest
Meeting Jax
Poke Mart
Togepi Egg House
Hidden Power House
Mission HQ
Inverse Battle House
Pokemon Center
Fallshore Market
Fallshore Gym
Evolution House
KPT Expressway
Route 10
(north) Route 11
(south) Fallshore Beach
Items
Zygarde Cell
Heart Scale
Lemonade
Full Heal (hidden)
Zygarde Cell (Fallshore Beach)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Pyukumuku Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Carvanha Water (Good Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Good Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Super Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Sharpedo Water/Dark (Super Rod)

You stepped out of the KBT Expressway just in time to watch Ivory of the Shadow hurl Jax into the water.

Walk a little way south into town and Jax will come talk to you, eager to move on from the embarrassment.

He has business on Route 9, but a barrier is cutting off his route.

He asks for your help getting there, before you head off to Thundercap Mountain.

Supposedly there is a secret route from Tehl Town into Route 9 — and Tehl Town lies west of Fallshore City along Route 10.

Exploring the City

Before you set off, take some time to explore. The south street leads straight into the heart of town.

Heal up at the Pokémon Center and stock up at the Poké Mart.

Then head east, where you will find two houses.

Step into the left house, where an old lady has something special for you.

She hands you a free Pokémon Egg — make sure you have an empty slot in your party to receive it. In time it will hatch into a Togepi.

Egg Pokémon
Togepi Fairy (Lv.1)

With the Egg in hand, go next door and talk to the man inside to pick up TM10 Hidden Power.

Head back outside and walk west along the road until you are past the Pokémon Center.

There is a marketplace entrance to the south, but just north of it stand two buildings worth your attention.

Enter the west building first — this is Mission HQ.

The man by the door is the Ranger overseeing missions across Borrius. If you have wrapped up at least 5 missions by now, he will hand you a Trainer Catalogue.

This item helps you keep tabs on trainers you might have missed, and it will be essential for the extra mission he gives you: defeating every trainer in Borrius.

Pull off that feat and he will reward you with a Latiosite or a Latiasite — which one depends on whether your character is male or female.

Turning in more completed missions to the Ranger can also earn you a shot at catching Latios and Latias.

In the room behind the Ranger sits a man who wants to see a particular Flying-type Pokémon — which one is random.

Show him the right bird four days running and he will give you 50 Swift Wings.

Just east of the Ranger, a policeman sits on a bench. He wants your help kicking the Terror Granbull gang off Route 10 — you will be able to take that mission on soon.

There is one more mission in the building: head upstairs and talk to the lady there to pick up “Abandonment Issues”.

Fair warning — this one is bizarre.

Her daughter keeps going missing, and every time you find her and try to bring her home, the wind blows her away again. After the first vanishing, report back to the mother empty-handed — she will insist her daughter cannot have gone far.

Here are all five spots where you will find the girl:

Daughter Locations
First Spot In the middle section of the beach
Second Spot Top left of Fallshore Market
Third Spot In front of Evolution House
Fourth Spot Northeast corner of Fallshore City
Final Spot In front of Mission HQ

Once you have found the girl for the fifth and final time, her grateful mother hands you a Power Belt. Something very odd happens next — but you will have to see that one for yourself.

The house just right of Mission HQ is the Inverse Battle House — head there next.

Inverse Battle House

Inverse Battles flip the type chart on its head: what is normally super effective becomes not very effective, and vice versa.

The four trainers inside will battle you as many times as you like, making this a great training spot.

Inverse Battles
Beauty Bridget
Cinccino Normal (Lv.30)
Furret Normal (Lv.30)
Sunflora Grass (Lv.30)
Florges Fairy (Lv.30)
Roughneck Koji
Herdier Normal (Lv.30)
Machamp Fighting (Lv.30)
Shiftry Grass/Dark (Lv.30)
Scientist Connor
Manectric Electric (Lv.30)
Ampharos Electric (Lv.30)
Probopass Rock/Steel (Lv.30)
Electabuzz Electric (Lv.30)
Ace Trainer Mary
Gyarados Water/Flying (Lv.30)
Roserade Grass/Poison (Lv.30)
Nidoqueen Poison/Ground (Lv.30)
Steelix Steel/Ground (Lv.30)
Simipour Water (Lv.30)

The Marketplace

When you have had your fill of inverse battles, head south to the Marketplace.

The Marketplace hosts several shops:

  • TM Shop
  • Rare Berry shop
  • Stat Item shop
  • And a Galarian Evolution Item shop

A stall to the southeast sells Moomoo Milk by the bottle or by the dozen. Buy at least a dozen — it is a handy healing item, and you will be doing a lot of mid-adventure healing coming up.

East of the Marketplace stands the Fallshore Gym, but its door is blocked when you arrive.

The Gym Leader is off doing something else, so you will have to return later.

The Evolution House

Keep pushing east and you will reach a building called Evolution House.

The woman in the downstairs kitchen is the Evolution Master — show her any Pokémon and she will tell you whether it can evolve, and if so, at what level or by what method.

The man near the stairs gives you a Link Stone, which evolves any Pokémon that normally requires trading to evolve.

Upstairs, show the girl a Happiny and she will give you an Oval Stone.

There is also a man upstairs who seems to hate evolution — show him a Pokémon that cannot evolve and he will give you an Everstone.

Fallshore Beach

One last stop in Fallshore: the beach.

The beach stretches eastward, where an item and a trainer battle await.

Fisherman Elliot
Mareanie Poison/Water (Lv.29)
Whiscash Water/Ground (Lv.30)
Sharpedo Water/Dark (Lv.30)
Lanturn Water/Electric (Lv.30)

Jax told you to head west to Route 10, but detouring east to Route 11 first will simplify your travels later and give you some extra training.

Route 11

Points of Interest
Pokemon Rangers Jackson & Beth
Fisherman Ned
Fisherman Chip
Fisherman Hank
Fallshore City
Cliff Cave
Requires HM Rock Climb
Epidimy Town
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Exeggcute Grass/Psychic Day and Night
Gulpin Poison Day and Night
Spoink Psychic Day and Night
Meditite Fight/Psychic Day and Night
Togedemaru Electric/Steel Day and Night
Swablu Normal/Flying Day
Noctowl Normal/Flying Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Basculin Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Barboach Water/Ground (Good Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Good Rod)
Whiscash Water (Super Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Good Rod)

Route 11 is a straightforward, linear path — mostly a long wooden bridge. There are some Pokémon worth catching here, and the trainers are worth the fight.

As you pass Fisherman Chip, you will notice the pier splitting north toward a cave entrance.

That is the entrance to Cliff Cave — but it is not worth entering until you can use HM Strength.

Keep heading east.

The route ends at Epidimy Town, where there are a few useful things to grab before you continue.

Part 12

Epidimy Town & Route 10

Epidimy Town & Route 10
  • Explore Epidimy Town
  • Acquire HM04 Strength (but not permission to use it)
  • Get the Good Rod
  • Head to Route 10
  • Confront and Catch the Terror Granbull Gang
  • Defeat the Terror Granbull Boss

Epidimy Town

Points of Interest
Strength and Trade House
Ultra Ball Woman
Poke Mart
Rocky Helmet House
Gentleman Bench
Move Deleter
Master Ball House
Good Rod House
Pokemon Center
Hobo Mission
Max Repel House
Route 11
KPT Expressway
Thundercap Mountain
Items
Nugget (hidden)
Dire Hit
Full Heal
PP Up (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Nest Ball (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Finneon Water
Lumineon Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Barboach Water/Ground (Good Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Good Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Super Rod)
Whiscash Water/Ground (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Geodude Rock/Ground
Graveler Rock/Ground

Route 11’s eastern end opens into Epidimy Town.

You would end up here anyway after helping Jax, but grabbing these errands now saves you a return trip.

Exploring for Items

Right as you enter town, step into the first house you see.

Two people live inside, and both have something useful for you.

The woman here wants to trade her Hitmontop for a Lickitung — a Pokémon you can catch fairly easily on Route 5.

Pokémon Trade
Saige offers:
Hitmontop (holding Protect Pads)
You offer:
Lickitung found on Route 5

The other resident is another HM keeper, and without any prompting he hands you HM04 Strength.

The catch: you cannot use it outside of battle yet, since you have not beaten the Fallshore Gym Leader.

Picking it up now saves a return trip — the moment you beat the Leader, Strength will be ready to use.

Step outside and head north, where a wandering woman gives you 3 Ultra Balls for your catching efforts.

The Poké Mart sits on the north side of town, right next to a KBT Expressway entrance.

Go into the house standing between them.

A female trainer inside hands you the Rocky Helmet — a great item in the right Pokémon’s paws.

The KBT Expressway entrance here does not go far — Strength boulders block the way. A Gem Family vendor is set up here in the meantime, though.

Gem Family Move Shops
Psychic Psychic Fang 3 Psychic GemsEpidimy Town entrance

Just east of the northern cliff area, a Gentleman rests on a park bench. Sit down next to him and he will hand you a random status-healing item, like an Awakening or a Parlyz Heal.

The northeast corner of town holds the Pokémon Center — and a nearby house is home to the Move Deleter.

Remember him if you ever want a Pokémon to unlearn a move.

Walk a little south and you will spot a pair of houses side by side.

Enter the left one first.

An elderly couple lives here, and they are holding onto something very important: a Master Ball.

They will not part with it unless you show them the Pokémon Hoopa.

Tip: Hoopa is out of reach until much later in the game — but it is the Pokémon that has been throwing you through portals all along.

Next door lives a fisherman — if you already own the Old Rod, he will upgrade you to the Good Rod!

Your fishing options just got much wider than Magikarp.

Talk to the old man wandering nearby to pick up a mission: find him an empty house.

You cannot finish it yet, but you will in time.

Just south of him is one last house worth visiting — step inside.

The woman inside gives you 3 Max Repels — and she will hand you three more every day you come back.

A lifesaver given how much ground you have been covering.

At the town’s far southeast corner you will find the entrance to Thundercap Mountain — home to Zapdos.

File this one away: you will need to return here after helping Jax.

Leaving Town

With everything useful collected, retrace your steps west along Route 11, through Fallshore City, and out its west exit onto Route 10.

Route 10

Points of Interest
Terror Granbull Confrontation
Camper Chris
First Granbull Goon
Hiker Dudley
School Kid Herman
Painter Leonardo
Raid Den
Fallshore City
Requires HM Waterfall
Requires HM Surf
Requires HM Surf
(north) Granbull Goon Area
(south) Tehl Town
Items
Zygarde Cell
Psychic Seed (hidden)
Quick Ball
TM54 False Swipe
Green Shard
Damp Rock
Trainers
Camper Chris
Lombre Water/Grass (Lv.29)
Palpitoad Water/Ground (Lv.30)
Hiker Dudley
Onix Rock/Ground (Lv.29)
Drilbur Ground (Lv.31)
Aron Steel/Rock (Lv.30)
School Kid Herman
Ditto Normal (Lv.30)
Linoone Normal (Lv.30)
Painter Leonardo
Smeargle Normal (Lv.30)
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Lotad Water/Grass Day and Night
Lombre Water/Green Day and Night
Tympole Water Day and Night
Palpitoad Water/Ground Day and Night
Marill Water/Fairy Day and Night
Linoone Normal Day and Night
Goomy Dragon Day and Night
Ditto Normal Day and Night
Surfing
Palpitoad Water/Ground
Lombre Water/Grass
Surskit Bug/Water
Masquerain Bug/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Good Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)

Exiting Fallshore City westward, the rain is still falling — but the season has shifted.

A large pack of Terror Granbull goons is gathered to the south. Go confront them.

Just as the odds start looking bad, the policeman who gave you the mission steps in and tries to arrest the whole gang.

They use the confusion to run off.

You will need to hunt them down to finish the mission.

Once they have fled, head west along the bridge into Route 10 proper.

Keep following the path.

Camper Chris is waiting with a challenge — beat him and carry on.

Further along you will reach a river dotted with stepping stones.

Hop across the stones to the far bank.

From there, walk north into a small sliver of the neighboring route — Auburn Waterway.

At the very tip of this little peninsula stands the first Terror Granbull Goon you need to defeat.

The moment you win, the policeman arrives to haul him off to jail.

Terror Granbull Goon #1
Snubbull Fairy (Lv.30)

With the goon captured, head south back into Route 10 proper and cross the bridge.

Hiker Dudley will challenge you along the way.

You will loop around to the west to cross another bridge.

Once you have beaten the two trainers in this corner of the route, you face a choice: north or south.

South leads toward Tehl Town and Route 9 — the road to helping Jax.

North leads to the rest of the Terror Granbull Goons. Head that way first — the mission comes before the detour.

Heading north brings you back into Auburn Waterway, with a slightly different wild Pokémon lineup.

Follow the tree line until you spot a path through the trees to the west.

Granbull Goon Search

The area ahead belongs partly to Auburn Waterway and partly to Route 9, but connects to the main body of neither — it is a self-contained little pocket.

Items (Granbull Goon Areas)
Max Repel
Fire Stone
Yellow Shard
Trainers
Granbull Goon #2
Snubbull Fairy (Lv.30)
Granbull Goon #3
Snubbull Fairy (Lv.30)
Granbull Goon #4
Snubbull Fairy (Lv.30)
Wild Pokémon (Auburn Waterway)
Long Grass
Lotad Water/Grass Day and Night
Lombre Water/Green Day and Night
Tympole Water Day and Night
Palpitoad Water/Ground Day and Night
Marill Water/Fairy Day and Night
Linoone Normal Day and Night
Goomy Dragon Day and Night
Ditto Normal Day and Night
Surfing
Palpitoad Water/Ground
Lombre Water/Grass
Surskit Bug/Water
Masquerain Bug/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Good Rod)
Goldeen Water (Good Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Seaking Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Wild Pokémon (Route 9)
Long Grass
Spearow Normal/Flying Day and Night
Grubbin Bug Day and Night
Marill Water/Fairy Day and Night
Deerling Normal/Grass Day and Night
Shroomish Grass Day and Night
Skorupi Poison/Bug Day and Night
Audino Normal Day and Night
Surfing
Marill Water/Fairy
Azumarill Water/Fairy
Surskit Bug/Water
Masquerain Bug/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Good Rod)
Goldeen Water (Good Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Seaking Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)

Follow the only available route — west, then south — until you reach two small trees blocking the way that need Cut.

Push past them and you will officially be in Route 9.

Continue west and then north until you can hop off a ledge to the east.

Do it, and you will spot the next Goon just to the north.

As before, the policeman shows up to take him to jail.

With that done, hop off one ledge to the east and head north through the long grass.

Follow the long grass until the path splits at a curvy fork.

Take the left fork.

This fork leads straight to the next Goon. Beat him, and the policeman will collect him too.

Just one Goon left in this area.

Head back south, ignoring the other forks — unless you want to grab a couple of extra items — until you return to the east-west corridor of ledges you came through.

Hop off two ledges to the east until you spot a north-south corridor through the trees.

Follow the long grass north, then east, to find the final Goon.

After you beat this last Goon, the policeman appears once more and asks you to meet him back on Route 10, where you first broke up the gang.

Granbull Boss Battle

When you get there, the gang’s boss shows up, looking to teach you a lesson.

Terror Granbull Boss Gruff
Probopass Rock/Steel (Lv.32)
Ariados Bug/Poison (Lv.33)
Crawdaunt Water/Dark (Lv.33)
Granbull Fairy (Lv.34)

Beat Gruff and he will bolt for Seaport City, with the policeman vowing to pursue him.

Your reward for cleaning up the whole mess is TM106 Smart Strike.

Onwards to Tehl Town

With the mission complete, head back west and take the southern fork toward Tehl Town.

A hidden entrance to Route 9 lies somewhere in Tehl Town — finding it is your job.

Part 13

Tehl Town & Route 9

Tehl Town & Route 9
  • Explore Tehl Town
  • Obtain the Dowsing Machine
  • Go through the Underground Pass
  • Liberate Route 9
  • Defeat Shadow Admin Ivory
  • Find the Fallshore Gym Leader

Tehl Town

Points of Interest
Poke Mart
Name Rater
Dowsing Machine House
Quick Ball Lady
Pokémon Center
Underground Pass
(after Shadow Battle) Fallshore Gym Leader
Route 10
KPT Expressway
Route 9
Items
Big Mushroom
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Marill Water/Fairy
Azumarill Water/Fairy
Psyduck Water
Golduck Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Good Rod)
Goldeen Water (Good Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Super Rod)
Seaking Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)

Leaving Route 10 behind, you arrive in Tehl Town.

Your mission here is to help Jax by finding another way into Route 9, which Shadow Grunts have sealed off.

Exploring the Town

Start at the Poké Mart in the middle of town.

Talk to the blond-haired man inside and he will give you a Water Stone — handy for evolving Water-types.

The Name Rater’s house sits southwest of the Mart.

He can change the nicknames of any Pokémon you own.

One of Professor Log’s researchers lives here — visit her and she will hand you a very useful travel item.

First, though, she needs proof you have caught at least 30 Pokémon. Show her your Pokédex progress and she will give you the Dowsing Machine.

This key item tracks down hidden items and will be invaluable in the area ahead.

The other scientist in the house gives you a mission: show him all four seasonal forms of Sawsbuck.

So far you have seen three Deerling forms in the wild: Spring on Route 6, Winter on Route 8, and Autumn on Route 9.

Once you reach Route 12 you will find the Summer Deerling, completing your collection.

His reward: he will change the Nature of one of your Pokémon for free — but any further changes cost P50000 each.

Talk to the woman to the north, just outside near the Pokémon Center, and she will give you 5 Quick Balls.

North of the Pokémon Center, a set of stairs leads down into an open grassy courtyard.

There is a KBT Expressway entrance down here — but stepping inside brings a nasty surprise.

Advancing the Story

Like the route west to Route 9, this path is swarming with Shadow Grunts.

There is one reason to poke around: a Gem Family member has set up shop in this section.

Gem Family Move Shops
Bug Megahorn 4 Bug GemsTehl Town entrance

The only way out of town is through the northeast house — go inside.

Inside you will find a staircase descending into the Underground Pass.

Underground Pass

The Underground Pass is a single long tunnel with no wild Pokémon to battle.

Talk to the man just inside the entrance and he will offer you a speed challenge: cross to the other side in under 15 seconds for a prize, with a second prize if you manage under 10 seconds.

Both targets are impossible without the Motorcycle — and tricky even with it.

About halfway through the tunnel, another man offers you a mission: find at least 150 hidden items.

Succeed and you will earn a Gold Bottle Cap.

Hidden items litter this tunnel, and the Dowsing Machine is your best tool for finding them.

Turn it on, follow the arrows in the top-left corner of the screen, and search when a star pops up.

Underground Pass Hidden Items
X Attack X Defend X Speed X Accuracy X Sp. AttackX Sp. Defense Dire Hit Ether Parlyz Heal Awakening Ice Heal Burn Heal Antidote Hyper Potion Guard Spec

If you crossed the tunnel fast enough, the man at the entrance hands over your prize.

The challenge resets daily, and the prize is a random stat-boosting Vitamin — HP Up, Protein, Iron, Calcium, Zinc, or Carbos.

Climb the stairs at the tunnel’s far end and you will emerge in a small clearing in the middle of an autumn forest.

Route 9

Points of Interest
Shadow Grunt Occupation
Shadow Grunt A
Shadow Grunt B
Shadow Grunt C
Shadow Grunt D
Healing Chansey
Shadow Grunt E
Shadow Grunt F
Shadow Grunt G
Shadow Grunt H
Shadow Grunt I
Shadow Grunt J
Secluded House
Liberated
Lass Maya
Parasol Lady Gina
Bird Keeper Justin
Camper Nucky
Picnicker Rainn
Bug Catcher Abner
Jogger Dillon
Hex Trainer
(north) Underground Pass
Route 7
Requires HM Surf
(south) Tehl Town
Items
Hyper Potion
Net Ball (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Grassy Seed (hidden)
Wiki Berry (hidden)
Revive
X Sp. Atk (hidden)
Trainers (Shadow Grunt Occupation)
Shadow Grunt A
Golbat Poison/Flying (Lv.30)
Haunter Ghost/Poison (Lv.31)
Shadow Grunt B
Carvanha Water/Dark (Lv.30)
Nuzleaf Grass/Dark (Lv.31)
Shadow Grunt C
Misdreavus Ghost (Lv.31)
Arbok Poison (Lv.31)
Shadow Grunt D
Sneasel Dark/Ice (Lv.30)
Scraggy Dark/Fighting (Lv.30)
Shadow Grunt E
Murkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.30)
Cacnea Grass (Lv.30)
Alolan Raticate Dark/Normal (Lv.30)
Woobat Psychic/Flying (Lv.30)
Shadow Grunt F
Woobat Psychic/Flying (Lv.30)
Skrelp Poison/Water (Lv.30)
Golbat Poison/Flying (Lv.30)
Shadow Grunt G
Swoobat Psychic/Flying (Lv.30)
Phantump Ghost/Grass (Lv.30)
Shadow Grunt H
Houndour Dark/Fire (Lv.30)
Alolan Rattata Normal/Dark (Lv.30)
Alolan Grimer Poison/Dark (Lv.30)
Shadow Grunt I
Murkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.29)
Zubat Poison/Flying (Lv.29)
Houndour Dark/Fire (Lv.30)
Cacnea Grass (Lv.30)
Alolan Rattata Normal/Dark (Lv.30)
Shadow Grunt J
Haunter Ghost/Poison (Lv.30)
Pumpkaboo Ghost/Grass (Lv.30)
Wild Pokémon (Route 9)
Long Grass
Spearow Normal/Flying Day and Night
Grubbin Bug Day and Night
Marill Water/Fairy Day and Night
Deerling Normal/Grass Day and Night
Shroomish Grass Day and Night
Skorupi Poison/Bug Day and Night
Audino Normal Day and Night
Surfing
Marill Water/Fairy
Azumarill Water/Fairy
Surskit Bug/Water
Masquerain Bug/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Good Rod)
Goldeen Water (Good Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Super Rod)
Seaking Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)

Leave the house and follow the path south to another small clearing.

Keep heading south until the path bends west — that is the entrance to Route 9. Be warned: it is crawling with Shadow Grunts.

The first person you meet emerging from the trees is a Grunt who challenges you on the spot.

After beating him, Jax arrives and offers to team up with you.

If you accept, you will be limited to your first three Pokémon, and every battle becomes a Double Battle. Jax brings a Staraptor, a Magneton, and a Gastrodon.

If you would rather keep your flexibility, decline — he will turn up again later when you actually need him.

Route 9 is mostly a looping trail around a central lake, with Shadow Grunts lurking all along it. Heading south first works best.

When you spot a break in the path heading south, take it.

A Grunt blocks the way — beat him, since it is worth it if you want to fight every trainer here.

Before facing Ivory, clear out every Shadow Grunt on the route. Follow the loop and beat them as you go, working all the way to the northern exit toward Route 7.

Once that is done, head into the long stretch of grass west of the lake.

Three Grunts wait in the long grass. After handling them, look east for a gap into the trees.

That path leads to your final confrontation with the Shadow on this route.

You will find a clearing with an item walled off by Strength boulders — push past it into the next clearing, where a cozy-looking house waits.

Confronting Ivory

A Grunt bars the way to the house itself — beat him like the rest and head inside.

Shadow Grunt K
Gourgeist Ghost/Grass (Lv.31)
Alolan Raticate Dark/Normal (Lv.32)

Ivory has captured the two elderly residents — they own something she needs, and it is exactly what Jax was sent here to find.

Before you can act, she and one of her minions challenge you and Jax.

Shadow Battle
Shadow Admin Ivory and Shadow Grunt
Incineroar Fire/Dark (Lv.34)
Gourgeist Ghost/Grass (Lv.34)
Alolan Raticate Dark/Normal (Lv.32)
Alakazam Psychic (Lv.32)
Misdreavus Ghost (Lv.31)

You win — but the victory feels hollow.

The old couple are twisted into horrifying shadow creatures, and you have to battle them as if they were Pokémon!

Shadow Warriors
Shadow Warrior Ghost/Dark (Lv.39)
Shadow Warrior Ghost/Dark (Lv.39)

After You Win

Ivory and her grunts flee, but defeating their Shadow Warrior forms turns the old couple back to normal.

Dr. Harth explains that the Grunts stole the Prison Stone and are heading for the Ruins of Void to unleash something terrible.

Jax tells you to return to Tehl Town and find the Fallshore Gym Leader.

To get through Thundercap Mountain you will need to use Strength — which means you need his Badge.

Route 9, Liberated

If you fancy some training on the way back, Route 9 is now dotted with fresh trainers to challenge.

Otherwise, head southeast to press on.

Trainers (Route 9, Liberated)
Lass Maya
Marill Water/Fairy (Lv.31)
Parasol Lady Gina
Surskit Bug/Water (Lv.30)
Tympole Water (Lv.31)
Bird Keeper Justin
Wingull Water/Flying (Lv.30)
Spearow Normal/Flying (Lv.31)
Camper Nucky
Shroomish Grass (Lv.32)
Picnicker Rainn
Deerling Normal/Grass (Lv.31)
Bug Catcher Abner
Shelmet Bug (Lv.31)
Jogger Dillon
Grubbin Bug (Lv.31)
Araquanid Water/Bug (Lv.32)

Either way, continuing southeast brings you back to Tehl Town.

Mel is standing just outside the KBT Expressway entrance, looking a little distracted. Talk to him and he will head back to the Gym to open it up.

Travel back along Route 10 to the Fallshore Gym and take him on.

Part 14

Fallshore Gym

Fallshore Gym

This part covers:

  • Challenge the Fallshore City Gym
  • Obtain Permission to Use HM04 Strength
  • Obtain HM02 Fly
  • Reach the Thundercap Mountain Entrance

Taking on the Fallshore Gym (Fall Badge)

The Fallshore Gym specializes in Normal-type Pokémon. On paper, that would make it a textbook matchup for Fighting-types.

Talk to the Gym Guide by the entrance, though, and he will warn you that this gym plays by very unusual rules.

Every trainer inside — the leader included — battles you under Inverse Battle rules.

Under Inverse rules, the type chart is flipped: moves that are normally super effective now deal reduced damage, while moves that are normally resisted hit harder.

That is awkward for a Normal-type gym, because Normal moves are not super effective against anything — so Normal-on-Normal attacks still land for ordinary damage even with the chart reversed.

Your best bet is a squad of non-Fighting Pokémon armed with hard-hitting moves of any type other than Fighting.

Gym Trainers
Beauty Lauren
Glameow Normal (Lv.31)
Sawsbuck Normal/Flying (Lv.31)
Herdier Normal (Lv.32)
Picnicker Caitlin
Swablu Normal/Flying (Lv.32)
Beauty Lori
Sentret Normal (Lv.31)
Furret Normal (Lv.32)
Beauty Alessia
Lillipup Normal (Lv.31)
Stufful Normal/Fighting (Lv.31)
Dunsparce Normal (Lv.31)
Beauty Tamia
Minccino Normal/Flying (Lv.31)
Cinccino Normal (Lv.32)
Youngster Yasu
Bibarel Normal/Water (Lv.31)
Watchog Normal (Lv.32)
Gumshoos Normal (Lv.32)
Painter Monet
Smeargle Normal (Lv.32)

The Best Path Through the Gym

The gym is spread across three areas linked by Lapras waterfalls, and the quickest route through them is confusing.

If the written directions confuse you, use the floor map from the original guide: follow the red line until it turns into the blue line, then follow the blue line.

Gym Puzzle Walkthrough (Step by Step)

Drop through the hole beside the Guide to reach the gym’s first area.

Three lily pad trails lead north from there — take the middle one.

Battle Picnicker Caitlin, and the path splits in two beyond her.

Both forks reach a Lapras that ferries you upward — take the right-hand one first.

That Lapras carries you up the waterfall to the gym’s second level, landing you on another lily pad trail.

Follow the lily pads to a small island in the middle of the pond, where you will find Mel’s secretary, Beauty Tamia.

Once Tamia is beaten, head for the left-hand trail.

There is a gap in that trail you cannot cross yet.

To close it, ride the Lapras just north of Tamia’s island up the waterfall to Beauty Alessia — once you have visited her, that Lapras repositions itself to bridge the gap in the lily pads.

Then cross the bridge to the east and head down the stairs.

Follow the straightforward path south, then west, to the other Lapras.

Ride it back down, then backtrack past Picnicker Caitlin to the right-side Lapras of the first chamber.

Retrace the route until you are back on Tamia’s island.

The gap is fixed now, so follow the lily pads north and east around the raised island to the right-side Lapras on this level.

Ride it up to the gym’s top level.

Gym Leader Mel is waiting up there, and this will be a demanding fight.

Gym Leader Mel

Mel fields a tough lineup — do not challenge him unless your team is above Lv. 35.

Gym Leader Mel
Helioptile Electric/Normal (Lv.33)
Miltank Normal (Lv.33)
Lopunny Normal (Lv.34)

Heavy hits with more than 80 base power are your friend here, so give your team plenty of strong moves.

Defeated, Mel hands over the Fall Badge and TM42 Facade.

After the Win

Step outside after collecting your prize and Mel will stop you — he is not finished with you.

He has heard about the Shadow’s activity around Epidimy Town and Thundercap Mountain and wants them rooted out.

To help you aid his cause, he gives you a major gift: the Fly HM.

HM02 Fly unlocks fast travel across Borrius — and here you are not restricted to towns; you can fly to other points of interest too.

As with the other HMs, nobody needs to learn the move: if a Pokémon in your party can learn Fly, the Fly option appears in that Pokémon’s menu on the party screen.

Backtracking with HM04 Strength (Optional)

You should already have HM04 Strength from Epidimy Town — if not, talk to the Black Belt in the house by the southwest exit toward Route 11.

Strength opens up several item pickups in areas you have already visited. Here is the full list if you want to go back for them:

Strength Backtracking Locations
Route 9
Green Shard
Frost Mountain 2F East
Razor Claw
Zygarde Cell
Shiny Stone
Cinder Volcano 2F West
Red Shard
Sun Stone (hidden)
Charizite X (inside Raid Den)
Cinder Volcano 3F West
Scope Lens
Cameruptite (defeat Mega Trainer Yale)
Mega Trainer Yale
Exeggutor Grass/Psychic (Lv.33)
Gigalith Rock (Lv.34)
Gastrodon Water/Ground (Lv.33)
Alolan Graveler Rock/Electric (Lv.33)
Camerupt (Mega) Fire/Ground (Lv.34)

Moving the Story Forward

When you are ready to move on, return to Epidimy Town and walk to the Thundercap Mountain entrance, where Mel is waiting.

Mel wastes no time — he has his Miltank knock the guarding Shadow Grunt out of the way.

Head inside.

Thundercap Mountain lies ahead: five floors of trainers and wild Pokémon.

With luck, you will reach Zapdos before the Shadow do.

Part 15

Thundercap Mountain

Thundercap Mountain

This part covers:

  • Enter Thundercap Mountain
  • Confront the Shadow
  • Free the Captured Pokémon
  • Rescue Zapdos from Shadow Admin Marlon
  • Find a Missing Electivire
  • Return to Epidimy Town

Thundercap Mountain: Floor 1

Points of Interest
Shadow Grunt A
Exits and Passages
Epidimy Town
Ladder Up to 2F
Items
Elixir
Max Repel
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Nosepass Rock
Magnemite Electric/Steel
Magneton Electric/Steel
Cubone Ground
Klink Steel
Elekid Electric
Electabuzz Electric
Tynamo Electric
Surfing
Stunfisk Ground/Electric
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Tynamo Electric
Eelektross Electric
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Chinchou Water/Electric (Good Rod)
Lanturn Water/Electric (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Alolan Geodude Rock/Ground
Alolan Graveler Rock/Ground
Nosepass Rock
Shuckle Bug/Rock
Trainers
Shadow Grunt
Inkay Dark/Psychic (Lv.32)
Trevenant Ghost/Grass (Lv.33)
Skorupi Poison/Bug (Lv.32)

Your mission inside Thundercap Mountain is to free Zapdos from the Shadow Grunts.

With Strength now usable, you can push boulders around and explore the caverns freely.

The mountain crackles with electromagnetic energy, so leveling up Magneton, Charjabug, or Nosepass here will evolve them into their final forms.

Mel’s Miltank flattened a Shadow Grunt at the entrance before you went in — he is still out cold when you first arrive.

But head northeast and he suddenly snaps awake — he is the very same Grunt you fought back at the start of your journey.

Fortunately, he is just as easy to beat now as he was then.

Shove the Strength boulder eastward to clear the way forward.

A ladder sits in the northeast corner; climb it to reach 2F.

Thundercap Mountain: Floor 2

Points of Interest
Bug Catcher Cary
Scientist Davita
Shadow Grunt B
Shocker Kirk
Battle Girl Alize
Shadow Grunt C
Exits and Passages
Ladder Down to 1F
Ladder Up to 3F (Main Chamber)
Ladder Up to 3F (Tablet Chamber)
Requires HM Surf
Requires HM Rock Climb
Requires HM Rock Climb
Items
Dusk Ball
Yellow Shard
Dusk Stone
Star Piece
Zygarde Cell
Revive
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Nosepass Rock
Magnemite Electric/Steel
Magneton Electric/Steel
Timburr Fighting
Klink Steel
Elekid Electric
Electabuzz Electric
Tynamo Electric
Surfing
Stunfisk Ground/Electric
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Tynamo Electric
Eelektross Electric
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Chinchou Water/Electric (Good Rod)
Lanturn Water/Electric (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Alolan Geodude Rock/Ground
Alolan Graveler Rock/Ground
Nosepass Rock
Shuckle Bug/Rock
Trainers
Bug Catcher Cary
Yanmega Bug/Flying (Lv.33)
Shuckle Bug/Rock (Lv.32)
Joltik Bug/Electric (Lv.33)
Scientist Davita
Probopass Rock/Steel (Lv.33)
Magnezone Electric/Steel (Lv.33)
Shadow Grunt B
Shuppet Ghost (Lv.31)
Skorupi Poison/Bug (Lv.31)
Gourgeist Ghost/Grass (Lv.33)
Golbat Poison/Flying (Lv.32)
Shocker Kirk
Joltik Bug/Electric (Lv.31)
Flaaffy Electric (Lv.33)
Pachirisu Electric (Lv.32)
Tynamo Electric (Lv.31)
Battle Girl Alize
Timburr Fighting (Lv.31)
Gurdurr Fighting (Lv.33)
Hitmontop Fighting (Lv.33)
Shadow Grunt C
Mightyena Dark (Lv.33)
Sandygast Ghost/Ground (Lv.31)
Crawdaunt Water/Dark (Lv.33)

2F is large and confusing, so keep the original guide’s floor map handy if you get lost.

After the ladder, descend the steps, cross the bottom of the cavern, and climb another set of steps to the east.

Once up on the raised platforms, cross the short bridge north and you will soon run into a Shadow Grunt.

Beat him, then continue north and east across the cave floor.

Next you will reach a field scattered with Strength boulders.

It looks worse than it is — only two of them truly block your path. Push past and keep heading east.

Past the boulders, you will spot a staircase climbing east to another set of raised platforms.

Skip it for now, but note the spot — you will be coming back here later.

For now, head northeast and stick close to the northern edge of the platforms.

Squeeze through the narrow gap between the platforms until you find stairs heading north.

A Shadow Grunt is guarding a bridge here — that is the way to 3F, so get past him and climb the ladder.

Thundercap Mountain: Floor 3

Points of Interest
Main Chamber
Healing Nurse
Shadow Grunt D
Juggler Randall
Tablet Chamber
Hiker Earl
Ruin Maniac Stanley
Stone Tablet
Shocker Picard
Exits and Passages
Main Chamber
Ladder Down to 2F
Requires HM Surf
Ladder Up to 4F (Main Chamber)
Tablet Chamber
Ladder Down to 2F
Ladder Up to 4F (Electivire Chamber)
Ladder Up to 4F (Far Chamber)
Items (Main Chamber)
Revive (hidden)
Iron
Max Repel
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Nosepass Rock
Magnemite Electric/Steel
Magneton Electric/Steel
Cubone Ground
Klink Steel
Elekid Electric
Electabuzz Electric
Tynamo Electric
Surfing
Stunfisk Ground/Electric
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Tynamo Electric
Eelektross Electric
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Chinchou Water/Electric (Good Rod)
Lanturn Water/Electric (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Alolan Geodude Rock/Ground
Alolan Graveler Rock/Ground
Nosepass Rock
Shuckle Bug/Rock
Trainers (Main Chamber)
Shadow Grunt
Cacnea Grass (Lv.31)
Honchkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.33)
Alolan Raticate Dark/Normal (Lv.33)
Juggler Randall
Voltorb Electric (Lv.32)
Hypno Psychic (Lv.31)

3F: Main Chamber

This floor’s gimmick: push boulders onto floor buttons to raise stone bridges.

Shove one boulder eastward, then cross the new gap.

There is a nurse on this island — and unlike most, she will heal your team outright, no battle required. Very handy.

Once healed, head north and push the boulder there onto the western button.

Cross the new stone bridge and a Shadow Grunt will challenge you on the far side.

Beat him, then push another boulder onto the northern button.

A cavern opening appears here — go in.

It is a short tunnel with an optional trainer and an item to the north.

Take the far exit to emerge on the other side of the main chamber.

On the far side, head south to a boulder that can go on either a west or east button.

Make sure it ends up on the east one.

From here the route is straightforward — just push boulders ahead one at a time; there are hardly any branches.

The ladder up to 4F is in the southeast corner.

Push your way across and climb up.

Thundercap Mountain: Floor 4

Points of Interest
Main Chamber
Shadow Grunt E
Shadow Grunt F
Healing Chansey
Electivire Chamber
Super Nerd Miguel
Cyclist Issac
Switch Boulder
Electivire Nerd
Electivire Battle
Exits and Passages
Main Chamber
Ladder Down to 3F (Main Chamber)
Ladder Up to 5F
Electivire Chamber
Ladder Down to 3F (Tablet Chamber)
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Nosepass Rock
Magnemite Electric/Steel
Magneton Electric/Steel
Timburr Fighting
Klink Steel
Elekid Electric
Electabuzz Electric
Tynamo Electric
Surfing
Stunfisk Ground/Electric
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Tynamo Electric
Eelektross Electric
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Chinchou Water/Electric (Good Rod)
Lanturn Water/Electric (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Alolan Geodude Rock/Ground
Alolan Graveler Rock/Ground
Nosepass Rock
Shuckle Bug/Rock
Trainers (Main Chamber)
Shadow Grunt E
Woobat Psychic/Flying (Lv.32)
Gastly Ghost/Poison (Lv.32)
Ariados Bug/Poison (Lv.33)
Shadow Grunt F
Nuzleaf Grass/Dark (Lv.32)
Golbat Poison/Flying (Lv.33)

4F: Main Chamber

The summit is close now — one more floor to go.

And this floor is a single, simple linear path.

Head north; the path bends west beneath a waterfall, with another Shadow Grunt waiting beyond it.

After her, keep going south and you will soon meet another Grunt.

Beating that one reveals a Chansey — welcome healing by this point.

Climb the ladder and you are at the very top of the mountain.

Thundercap Mountain: Floor 5

Points of Interest
Main Chamber
Shadow Grunt G
Shadow Grunt H
Shadow Grunt I
Shadow Grunt J
Shadow Grunt K
Summit Battle
Main Chamber
Ladder Down to 4F (Main Chamber)
Requires HM Rock Climb
Requires HM Rock Climb
Items
Thunder Stone
Escape Rope
Trainers
Shadow Grunt G
Poochyena Dark (Lv.32)
Shiftry Grass/Dark (Lv.33)
Shadow Grunt H
Swoobat Psychic/Flying (Lv.33)
Murkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.32)
Golbat Poison/Flying (Lv.33)
Shadow Grunt I
Phantump Ghost/Grass (Lv.32)
Alolan Rattata Dark/Normal (Lv.31)
Sneasel Dark/Ice (Lv.33)
Sharpedo Water/Dark (Lv.33)
Shadow Grunt J
Misdreavus Ghost (Lv.33)
Houndour Dark/Fire (Lv.32)
Shadow Grunt K
Gengar Ghost/Poison (Lv.34)
Weavile Dark/Ice (Lv.33)

You emerge into the open air, where the mountain lives up to its name — the summit crackles with lightning and thunder.

No wild Pokémon live up here, though.

Head north to face a Shadow Grunt; beyond him the path forks three ways:

  • Left
  • Up the stairs
  • Right

Take the right path for now.

Follow it down some stairs, then up a longer flight, where another Shadow Grunt is waiting.

Beat her and climb the stairs behind her.

Freeing the Captured Pokémon

An electric fence holds captured Pokémon behind it — you will need a special key to shut it off.

Beat the Grunt here, but do not push on — the way ahead is blocked until those Pokémon are freed.

Backtrack all the way to the entrance ladder and the first fork. This time take the stairs and keep following the path.

Another Shadow Grunt blocks the way — and fortunately, only one more remains after him.

The last Grunt at the path’s end carries the Barrier Key, which disables the electric fences.

Free this group and the Pokémon behind the other fence are released as well.

Head back to the other electric fence — the freed Pokémon have already started repairing the way onward.

They mend the route up to the summit, leaving you free to climb and confront Marlon.

Zapdos gives Marlon more trouble than Articuno and Moltres did, but he manages to capture it — and he is not pleased to see you followed him.

The Battle for Zapdos

Marlon challenges you himself this time — and he has brought Zapdos.

Shadow Battle
Shadow Admin Marlon
Zapdos Electric/Flying (Lv.35)
Cacturne Grass/Dark (Lv.36)
Krookodile Ground/Dark (Lv.37)

His team is formidable, but the trainers you have fought through Thundercap make good training for it.

Surprisingly, Marlon releases Zapdos when you beat him.

You are told to head back to Epidimy Town — but two things are worth doing in Thundercap before you leave.

Return to 2F and find the bridged platforms in the middle of the chamber.

There is another ladder there — previously blocked by a sleeping Shadow Grunt.

He is gone now, so climb up to 3F’s Tablet Chamber.

3F: The Tablet Chamber

Items
Parlyz Heal (Rock Smash)
Trainers
Hiker Earl
Cubone Ground (Lv.32)
Alolan Geodude Rock/Electric (Lv.33)
Ruin Maniac Stanley
Golem Rock/Ground (Lv.34)
Lileep Rock/Grass (Lv.32)
Anorith Rock/Bug (Lv.32)
Shocker Picard
Stunfisk Ground/Electric (Lv.33)
Charjabug Bug/Electric (Lv.33)

You arrive on a raised platform between an electric fence and an ancient stone tablet.

Cross the bridge south, then another east.

Hiker Earl is waiting for you.

Beat him, then cross the north bridge to a ladder leading to 4F.

You cannot get far up there yet without Surf, though.

Instead, take the stairs down, pass under the bridge to the west, and battle Ruin Maniac Stanley.

The ancient tablet stands north of Stanley, bearing the clue “PRESSURE ELSEWHERE IS THE KEY”.

You will solve half of this riddle in the 4F Electivire Chamber; the rest comes later.

Climb back to the platforms, backtrack past Hiker Earl, and take the south-leading bridge east.

Shocker Picard will challenge you there — beat him and take the final bridge north.

A ladder here leads to a 4F area called the Electivire Chamber — the name will make sense very soon.

4F: The Electivire Chamber

Items
PP Up
Trainers
Super Nerd Miguel
Klink Steel (Lv.32)
Magneton Electric/Steel (Lv.34)
Alolan Geodude Rock/Electric (Lv.32)
Cyclist Issac
Hoothoot Normal/Flying (Lv.33)
Elekid Electric (Lv.32)
Shinx Electric (Lv.32)

Climb the ladder and walk south until you see a small step up onto a raised platform.

Follow it west to a bridge.

Cyclist Issac confronts you on the bridge, but he will not give you much trouble.

Continue past him to another bridge heading north.

Across it you will find a small area with a Strength boulder and a hole it needs to go into.

Smash the rocks with Rock Smash first to clear a path.

Dropping that boulder into the hole solves half of the tablet puzzle — you will return to this mountain later for the other half.

With the boulder placed, walk back to the ladder and take the east passage.

Two tunnels there are blocked by breakable rocks — head to the northern one first.

A trainer’s Electivire has gone wild and needs to be wrangled.

Approach it and it flees — you will have to chase it down.

Go back, break the southern rock, and head down that passage.

Eventually you will come face to face with the unruly Electivire.

Pokémon Encounter
Electivire Electric (Lv.44) non-catchable

Defeat it and it returns to its Poké Ball. Grateful, its trainer says he will meet you at the Epidimy Pokémon Center with a reward.

Leaving the Mountain

There is nothing more to do in Thundercap Mountain for now.

An Escape Rope is the fast way out — without one, it is a long walk back.

Either way, exit the mountain and head for Epidimy Town.

Back to Epidimy Town

Outside, Jax shows up and you tell him about the Zapdos incident.

He says he is heading to Dehara City next, but you should visit Tarmigan Mansion first to gain the ability to Mega Evolve.

Before that, stop by the Epidimy Pokémon Center to check on the Electivire’s trainer.

Unfortunately, the Electivire has been stolen by the time you arrive, so there is no reward yet — you will have to track down the thief in Seaport City when you get there.

For now, head west onto Route 11 to continue your journey.

Onward Through Cliff Cave

Reaching Tarmigan Mansion means going through Cliff Cave.

You can reach the cave from Route 11.

With Strength available, your route through the cave is clear.

Part 16

Tarmigan Town & Tarmigan Mansion

Tarmigan Town & Tarmigan Mansion

This part covers:

  • Enter Cliff Cave
  • Explore the upper part of Route 11
  • Visit Tarmigan Town
  • Challenge Tarmigan Mansion
  • Obtain Mega Evolution

Cliff Cave and Upper Route 11

Points of Interest
Kindler Cole
Hiker Lenny
Bird Keeper Donald
Bird Keeper Kenny
Exits and Passages
Cliff Cave
Lower Route 11
Exits to Upper Route 11
Ladder to Upper Chamber
Upper Route 11
Entrances to Cliff Cave
Requires HM Rock Climb
Requires HM Rock Climb
Tarmigan Town
Items
Cliff Cave
Rare Bone
Zygarde Cell
Upper Route 11
Yellow Shard
Roseli Berry
Ultra Ball
Rare Candy
Wild Pokémon
Cliff Cave
Golbat Poison/Flying
Alolan Geodude Rock/Ground
Alolan Graveler Rock/Ground
Machop Fighting
Machoke Fighting
Onix Rock/Ground
Steelix Steel/Ground
Wooper Water/Ground
Quagsire Water/Ground
Misdreavus Ghost
Upper Route 11 Long Grass
Exeggcute Grass/Psychic Day and Night
Spoink Psychic Day and Night
Meditite Fight/Psychic Day and Night
Togedemaru Electric/Steel Day and Night
Swablu Normal/Flying Day
Noctowl Normal/Flying Night
Trainers
Kindler Cole
Camerupt Fire/Ground (Lv.32)
Simisear Fire (Lv.33)
Ponyta Fire (Lv.31)
Hiker Lenny
Sudowoodo Rock (Lv.32)
Magcargo Fire/Rock (Lv.33)
Alolan Graveler Rock/Electric (Lv.32)
Steelix Steel/Ground (Lv.32)
Bird Keeper Donald
Fearow Normal/Flying (Lv.32)
Swablu Normal/Flying (Lv.31)
Bird Keeper Benny
Talonflame Fire/Flying (Lv.33)
Points of Interest
Trade House
Red Shard House
Dream Mist Scientist
Dream Research Lab
Pokémon Center
Poke Mart
Nightmare House
Tarmigan Inn
Tarmigan Mansion
Exits and Passages
Upper Route 11
Route 12
Items
Awakening
Repeat Ball
Ether (hidden)
Adrenal Orb (after Tarmigan Mansion)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Poliwag Water
Poliwhirl Water
Politoed Water
Slowpoke Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Poliwag Water (Good Rod)
Psyduck Water (Good Rod)
Golduck Water (Super Rod)
Poliwhirl Water (Super Rod)
Pokémon Trade
Tim offers:
Pachirisu Fighting (holding Old Gateau)
You offer:
Manectric Electric evolved from Electrike, found on Route 2
Points of Interest
Super Nerd Arnie
Berry Chef
Expert Andy
Healing Chansey
Black Belt Atsushi
Expert Tammy
Ace Trainer Caroline
Healing Chansey
Ace Trainer Samuel
Expert Clancy
Scientist Ted
Secret Button Statue
Button Gate
Kindler Jeff and Collector Winston
Dragon Tamer Burle
Secret Button Statue
Expert Ken
Expert Sheri
Successor Maxima
Secret Button Statue and Exit Gate
Exits and Passages
Tarmigan Town
1F Foyer to 2F Super Nerd Room
1F Foyer to 2F Kitchen
1F Dining Room to 2F Hallway
2F Hallway to 3F Upper Room
3F Upper Room to 2F Landing
2F Landing to 1F Scientist Room
3F Statue Maze to 2F Final Hall
2F Final Hall to Basement (one-way)
Basement to 1F Foyer
Mansion Garden (after beating Successor Maxima)
Items
Hyper Potion
Calcium
HP Up
Iron
Carbos
Escape Rope
Zinc
Heart Scale
Hyper Potion
Nugget
Revive
Zygarde Cell
Trainers
Super Nerd Arnie
Magneton Electric/Steel (Lv.34)
Kadabra Psychic (Lv.36)
Expert Andy
Starmie Water/Psychic (Lv.34)
Weavile Dark/Ice (Lv.36)
Black Belt Atsushi
Machoke Fighting (Lv.35)
Primeape Fighting (Lv.35)
Expert Tammy
Froslass Ice/Ghost (Lv.35)
Altaria Dragon/Flying (Lv.35)
Meowstic Psychic (Lv.36)
Ace Trainer Caroline
Venomoth Bug/Poison (Lv.36)
Vespiquen Bug/Flying (Lv.36)
Ace Trainer Samuel
Ninetales Fire (Lv.35)
Gardevoir Psychic/Fairy (Lv.36)
Nidoking Poison/Ground (Lv.35)
Expert Clancy
Quagsire Water/Ground (Lv.36)
Piloswine Ice/Ground (Lv.37)
Scientist Ted
Klink Steel (Lv.36)
Bronzong Steel/Psychic (Lv.36)
Kindler Jeff and Collector Winston
Banette Ghost (Lv.36)
Salazzle Poison/Fire (Lv.36)
Arcanine Fire (Lv.37)
Gourgeist Ghost/Grass (Lv.37)
Dragon Tamer Burle
Alolan Exeggutor Grass/Dragon (Lv.37)
Axew Dragon (Lv.36)
Expert Ken
Vanillish Ice (Lv.36)
Ribombee Bug/Fairy (Lv.37)
Expert Sheri
Crobat Poison/Flying (Lv.37)
Lickilicky Normal (Lv.37)
Marowak Ground (Lv.37)

Battle for Mega Evolution

Successor Maxima
Wigglytuff Normal/Fairy (Lv.36)
Altaria (Mega) Dragon/Fairy (Lv.38)
Delphox Fire/Psychic (Lv.37)
Empoleon Water/Steel (Lv.37)
Part 17

Route 12 and Dehara City

Route 12 and Dehara City
  • Go through Route 12 and battle your Rival
  • Obtain HM03 Surf
  • Enter Dehara City
  • Challenge the Double Battle House
  • Visit Cloud Game Corner

Route 12

Points of Interest
Rival Battle
Collector Steve
Raid Den
Hiker Oliver
Worker Braxton
Cosmog Bag
Fisherman Claude
Fisherman Ronald
Psychic Johan
Kindler Fry
Beauty Sheila
Exits and Passages
Cliff Cave
Tarmigan Town
Requires HM Surf
Requires HM Rock Climb
Dehara City
Items
Max Repel (hidden)
Revive (hidden)
Link Stone
Pearl
Mental Herb (hidden)
Heart Scale
Zygarde Cell
TM47 Steel Wing
X Sp. Def (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Rockruff Rock Day and Night
Mienfoo Fighting Day and Night
Ponyta Fire Day and Night
Snubbull Fairy Day and Night
Deerling Normal/Grass Day and Night
Dedenne Electric/Fairy Day and Night
Fletchling Normal/Flying Day
Fletchinder Fire/Flying Day
Solosis Psychic Day
Hoothoot Normal/Flying Night
Noctowl Normal/Flying Night
Gothita Psychic Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantyke Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Carvanha Water/Dark (Good Rod)
Wailmer Water (Good Rod)
Sharpedo Water/Dark (Super Rod)
Wailord Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Trainers
Collector Steve
Togedemaru Electric/Steel (Lv.37)
Goomy Dragon (Lv.36)
Hiker Oliver
Alolan Graveler Rock/Electric (Lv.36)
Graveler Rock/Ground (Lv.36)
Boldore Rock (Lv.36)
Worker Braxton
Tynamo Electric (Lv.36)
Fisherman Claude
Carvanha Water/Dark (Lv.37)
Krabby Water (Lv.37)
Fisherman Ronald
Corsola Water/Rock (Lv.37)
Wailmer Water (Lv.37)
Horsea Water (Lv.36)
Barboach Water/Ground (Lv.36)
Psychic Johan
Solosis Psychic (Lv.36)
Jynx Ice/Psychic (Lv.37)
Meowstic Psychic (Lv.36)
Elgyem Psychic (Lv.36)
Kindler Fry
Ponyta Fire (Lv.38)
Fletchinder Fire/Flying (Lv.36)
Beauty Sheila
Rockruff Rock (Lv.35)
Snubbull Fairy (Lv.37)

Mega Evolution is yours after clearing Tarmigan Mansion — head north out of Tarmigan Town onto Route 12, which runs all the way to Dehara City.

You won’t get far up the route before a familiar face shows up.

Rival Battle

Your Rival is back, fresh from beating the Mansion himself, and he’s eager to show you how much stronger he’s gotten since you last met.

Rival Battle (4th Round)
Toucannon Normal/Flying (Lv.37)
Vaporeon Water (Lv.38)
Piloswine Ice/Ground (Lv.38)
Metang Steel/Psychic or Gabite Ground/Dragon or Pupitar Rock/Ground (Lv.26)

Beat him once more and he can barely believe it — but Professor Log arrives before he can dwell on it.

Your Rival isn’t thrilled to see him and wants to get back to hunting for his parents.

Fortunately for both of you, Professor Log has something that will make that search easier.

Picking Up HM03 Surf

It’s HM03, Surf!

You won’t be able to use it until you earn the Dehara City Gym Badge, though.

Professor Log points you toward Dehara City to find Jax — after the badge, the two of you can Surf to the Ruins of Void together.

With your Rival and the Professor gone, you’re free to keep moving through the route.

Working Through Route 12

Walk west down the two sets of stairs, passing Collector Steve along the way.

A cutscene plays: Marlon stands on a beach, still at a loss after his defeat at Thundercap Mountain. Before he can figure out his next move, a strange Grunt appears behind him and teleports him away.

When the cutscene ends, keep going until you spot Worker Braxton to the northwest.

Beat him, then head north for another cutscene.

Hoopa, the portal Pokémon, has fetched the strange Grunt a Pokémon in a bag — but that’s not what the Grunt wanted.

He wants Zapdos. Hoopa summons it, and the Grunt captures it.

So the Shadow have every Legendary Pokémon they needed after all.

Walk northwest to the entrance to the beach from the cutscenes.

Step west onto the sand and you’ll quickly notice the bag Hoopa left behind.

Make sure your party has an empty slot, then examine the bag.

A Cosmog is inside!

With that incredibly rare Pokémon claimed, continue on to Dehara City.

Head back past Psychic Johan, then take the stairs climbing east up the cliff face.

Keep climbing, battling Kindler Fry on the way up.

Once he’s beaten, walk north along the ledge.

You’ve reached Dehara City — a big place with plenty to do and explore.

Step through the gate to move on.

Dehara City

Points of Interest
Dehara Department Store
Pokemon Center
Dehara City Gym
Expert Belt Girl
Double Battle House
Developer House
Friendship House
Sinnoh Starter House
Go-Goggles House
Ore Merchant House
Cloud Game Corner
Coin Case Man
Exits and Passages
Route 12
(west) KPT Expressway
Requires HM Surf
(east) Rift Cave
Great Desert
Items
Zygarde Cell
Rare Candy
Ultra Ball
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poiso
Pelipper Water/Flying
Pyukumuku Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Staryu Water (Good Rod)
Poliwag Water (Good Rod)
Poliwhirl Water (Super Rod)
Staryu Water (Super Rod)
Starmie Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Sandygast Ghost/Ground (Super Rod)

Follow the road in from the gate until you reach the Pokémon Center — that marks the start of Dehara City proper.

Dehara City is huge, so the smart approach is to start in one area and work clockwise around town to avoid missing anything.

Your first stop should be the road leading east.

Two big buildings stand here — the first is the Pokémon Center, so head inside.

A girl inside will hand you 5 Luxury Balls, and she’ll also swap the Ball of any Pokémon on your team to a Luxury Ball.

The next building along is the enormous Dehara Department Store — go on in.

The Dehara Department Store

One warning: this isn’t just a shopping trip — trainers on 3F and above will challenge you on sight, so stay ready.

The store has:

  • A regular Poke Mart on 2F
  • An Evolution Stone shop on 3F
  • A TM shop on 4F
  • A Stat Items shop on 5F
  • And a Mail shop on 6F

As for the trainers:

Trainers
Sailor Edmund
Machoke Fighting (Lv.37)
Vaporeon Water (Lv.38)
Hiker Oliver
Hawlucha Fighting/Flying (Lv.38)
Umbreon Dark (Lv.37)
Twins Mayo and May
Glameow Normal (Lv.37)
Gastrodon Water (Lv.37)
Guitarist Dalton
Boldore Rock (Lv.37)
Jolteon Electric (Lv.38)
Psychic Jeckle
Espeon Psychic (Lv.38)
Spoink Psychic (Lv.37)

On 2F, a maid will buy anything in your inventory that looks like an ingredient or food item — typically organic healing items.

On 6F there’s a very strange woman who acts like a vending machine.

Odd vibes aside, buy a Soda Pop from her — you’ll need it in a moment.

When you’re done shopping, leave the building and head west.

Back Out in Dehara City

There’s no way to earn the badge from the Gym right now — it sits on an island with no way across the water yet.

Remember where it is for later.

Keep following the road west, then turn north, ignoring any forks along the way.

You’ll soon reach this city’s Expressway entrance, where a few new Gem Shops have opened.

Tip: the path to Dresco Town and the rest of the tunnel network is open too, if you want to backtrack that way.

Gem Family Move Shops
Steel Iron Head 3 Steel GemsDehara City entrance
Electric Magnet Rise 3 Steel GemsNorth of the Dehara City entrance
Fire Flare Blitz 4 Fire GemsNortheast along the Dresco Town path

Just east of the Expressway entrance is a large park.

Like in Epidimy Town, sitting on one of the benches here earns you a random healing item.

After that, keep going north and you’ll arrive at a large beach.

A Battle Girl here is very thirsty — hand over the Soda Pop you bought at the Department Store and she’ll give you an Expert Belt.

From there, head back to the park, leave by its south exit, and follow the street east past a row of houses until you see a house with a sign next to it.

You’ve found the Double Battle House — the same concept as the one in Dresco Town.

Head inside for some training.

Double Battle House

It works exactly like Dresco’s version — the trainers here can be fought over and over, so if you ever feel underleveled, put in some time here.

Double Battles
Battle Girl Ginger
Mienfoo Fighting (Lv.38)
Gurdurr Fighting (Lv.38)
Breloom Grass/Fighting (Lv.38)
Gambler Artred
Alolan Golem Rock/Electric (Lv.38)
Lycanroc (Midday Form) Rock (Lv.38)
Lycanroc (Midnight Form) Rock (Lv.38)
Poke Maniac Garth
Togedemaru Electric/Steel (Lv.38)
Pachirisu Electric (Lv.38)
Eelektrik Electric (Lv.38)
Bird Keeper Featred
Fearow Normal/Flying (Lv.38)
Talonflame Fire/Flying (Lv.38)
Trumbeak Normal/Flying (Lv.38)
Psychic Wyatt
Malamar Dark/Psychic (Lv.38)
Gardevoir Psychic/Fairy (Lv.38)
Grumpig Psychic (Lv.38)

The house beside it is a little easter egg from the game’s developers — everyone who contributed has their own avatar and a witty line, just like the Game Freak rooms in the official Pokémon games.

Other Notable Areas

Just northeast of those two houses is a cave entrance — that’s Rift Cave. Best to save exploring it for later.

For now, head south until you find a block of four houses.

Every one of these houses has things to do and collect, so start with the northwest one and continue clockwise.

The family on the northwest house’s lower floor is all about Pokémon happiness.

The girl will tell you how happy your lead Pokémon is, and the boy will offer to play with one of yours to raise its happiness.

The man upstairs in the hallway wants to see a balloon-like Pokémon — anything in Jigglypuff’s line, or Drifloon and Drifblim. He’ll reward you with an Air Balloon, which saves its holder from one Ground-type move before bursting.

A fisherman on the second floor of this unit gives you a mission: Pyukumuku on the beach are a hazard to swimmers, so throw any you find back into the ocean.

Go to the northern beach and clear out every Pyukumuku you can find until he tells you to report back.

No battles needed — just examine them and they’ll leave on their own.

Your reward for the beach cleanup is a Power Band.

With that house done, move on to the northeast one.

Talking to the Monferno here earns you a free Passho Berry, but her owner is the more important one.

Like the Unova trainer on Route 5, this trainer hails from Sinnoh and will offer you one of the three Sinnoh starters — Turtwig, Chimchar, or Piplup. Come back when you have 6 and 8 badges respectively for the other two.

Sinnoh Starters
Turtwig Grass Lv.30
Chimchar Fire Lv.30
Piplup Water Lv.30

Up on the second floor, a woman will give you 2 Yellow Shards.

The old lady living with her can teach Thunder Punch if you hand over those shards — otherwise, hang onto them for later.

A Hiker lives in the southeast house. He warns that the Great Desert east of Dehara is dangerous without the right equipment.

He offers to lend you his Go-Goggles, but only after you beat the Dehara Gym. Remember where he lives for later.

Time for the southwest house now.

A gentleman inside will buy any ore items you have — the same deal the maid offers for food items.

More importantly, the man in the hallway beside him buys Rare Bones for twice what Poké Marts pay — P10000 each.

Head upstairs: if you’ve been adventurous, you’ll have seen (not caught) at least 250 Pokémon by now. If so, the old man up here will give you a Binding Band.

Cloud Game Corner

One more destination in Dehara City: the Cloud Game Corner, just above the Department Store.

Talk to the man outside for a Coin Case — essential if you want to play any of the minigames.

Inside, you’ll spot Jax at one of the machines.

For now, talk to the other patrons — they’ll hand you various amounts of Coins to get you started.

The man in the northwest corner gives you a mission: earn 3000 Coins in a single day by playing the game Cloud Burst.

Cloud Burst is a minigame where you steer an Altaria, flying around and popping balloons. It takes quite a few runs to rack up 3000 points, but it’s doable.

The reward is something special — a Balloon Pikachu with Levitate and the moves Fly, Agility, Slam, and Discharge. It could come in handy.

Reward Pokémon
Balloon Pikachu Electric (Lv.35)

If you’re willing to grind more Coins, several other rare Pokémon are only available in the Game Corner Shop.

Game Corner Shop
Emolga Electric/Flying 500 Coins
Hawlucha Fighting/Flying 1000 Coins
Eevee Normal 1500 Coins
Klefki Steel/Fairy 3000 Coins
Axew Dragon 5000 Coins
Porygon Normal 9999 Coins

Continuing the Story

Once you’re finished in the Game Corner, talk to Jax to get things moving again.

Before you do, make sure everything is in order — you won’t be coming back to town for a long while.

Part 18

Ruins of Void

Ruins of Void
  • Enter the Ruins of Void
  • Defeat the Guardian of the Ruins
  • Survive the Portal Challenge
  • Observe the Ritual
  • Escape Cube Space

Getting to the Ruins of Void

You’re in the Dehara City Game Corner, having just found Jax.

He wants to step outside to talk about your next move and how you’ll reach the Ruins of Void.

He mentions you’ll need the Dehara Gym Badge before you can use Surf — but before you can discuss it further, Hoopa appears and drags you both away through a portal!

Ruins of Void (Exterior)

Points of Interest
Arrival Point
Shadow Grunt
Exits and Passages
Cliff Cave
Requires HM Surf
Ruins B3F
Requires HM Rock Climb
Ruins B2F First Chamber
Ruins B2F Second Chamber
Ruins B1F First Chamber
Ruins B1F Second Chamber
Ruins B1F Second Chamber Elevator
Ruins 1F Main Structure
Items
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Interior (B1F-B3F)
Baltoy Ground/Psychic
Yamask Ghost
Cofagrigus Ghost
Duskull Ghost
Dusclops Rock
Bronzong Steel/Psychic
Sableye Dark/Ghost
Sigilyph Psychic/Flying
Lunatone Rock/Psychic
Solrock Rock/Psychic
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantine Water/Flying
Golduck Water
Underwater
Clamperl Water/
Mareanie Poison/Water
Toxapex Poison/Water
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Luvdisc Water
Relicanth Water/Rock
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Good Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Kingdra Water/Dragon (Super Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Geodude Rock/Ground
Baltoy Ground/Psychic

Looks like Hoopa has delivered you to the Ruins of Void ahead of schedule.

The Shadow Grunts spot you right away, and in desperation they blow up the mountainside — destroying the staircase and injuring Jax’s Staraptor.

Jax decides to wait outside while you go find his Staraptor and deal with the Shadow. He can heal your team whenever it’s running low, so head through the cave opening into the catacombs.

Ruins of Void – B3F

Points of Interest
Abra to Dehara Town
Ancient Tablet
Blocked Dead End A
Blocked Dead End B
Exits and Gates
Cliff Cave
Ruins Exterior
First Switch and Gate
Second Switch and Gate
Third Switch and Gate
Ruins B2F First Chamber
Items
Zygarde Cell
Dusk Ball (hidden)
Max Repel
TM31 Brick Break

At the start of this floor, an Abra will take you back to Dehara City if you’re missing anything.

Maze Solution

Three passages lie ahead — take the one on the right first.

An Ancient Tablet waits at the end of that passage with a hint: “SWITCH BELOW THEN AVOIDING THE DUSCLOPS IS THE KEY”.

The central passage is packed with Dusclops, so steer clear of it.

Head back past the Abra and go down the left passage.

Follow the left passage all the way around until you reach an ancient lever.

Pull it, and your Dusclops problem is gone.

Now walk down the central passage — the Dusclops are sealed off, but another gate blocks the way forward.

Go east and follow that passage, ignoring any forks.

You’ll eventually reach the second switch — pull it and the gate opens.

Continue north past the gates, following the only remaining passage to the third and final switch.

Pull it and you’re free to take the left passage.

Walk through the left passage and you’ll eventually spot a ladder to the next floor.

A tough fight hits you the moment you arrive upstairs, so heal your Pokémon before climbing up.

Ruins of Void – Higher Interior

Points of Interest
Slide Puzzle
Portal Challenge
Go-Goggles House
Exits and Passages
Ruins B3F
Ruins B2F Exterior
Ruins B2F Exterior
Ladder to Ruins B1F First Chamber
Ruins B1F Exterior
Ruins B1F Exterior
Ruins B1F Exterior Elevator
Ruins 1F Exterior
Ladder to Ruins B1F Final Chamber
Ladder to Ruins 1F Main Chamber
Items
Full Heal (hidden)
Dusk Stone

Ruins of Void – B2F

A Claydol confronts you and demands you prove yourself in battle.

This boss fight, like the others in the Ruins of Void, is level scaled even on Vanilla difficulty.

That means Claydol will sit a couple of levels below you no matter how overleveled you might be.

Once defeated, it smashes its way through the west wall of the chamber, revealing an exit.

Going through it puts you outside the ruins.

Follow the path around until you see another opening.

Head inside and you’ll be in the second B2F chamber.

A set of double doors leads north, but they’re sealed for now.

Hoopa Puzzle

You’ll need to work the tile puzzle in the middle of the room to open them.

You can drag and drop the pieces wherever you like.

The finished image should look like Hoopa.

Once you’ve reassembled the Hoopa picture, the double doors open.

There’s a ladder in the chamber beyond that takes you to the next floor.

Ruins of Void – B1F

Once you emerge, head west.

Items
Odd Incense
Spell Tag

You’ll see another opening leading outside.

You’re nearly at the top of these pyramid-shaped ruins, it seems.

Continue along the ledge and you’ll pass another entrance.

But something more important catches your eye — Jax’s injured Staraptor.

When you reach it, Jax will follow you up the ruin and nurse it back to health. He then moves to this level, so you no longer have to trek all the way back down to heal.

That matters, because you’ll need a healed team for the next battle.

Portal Challenge

Head inside the next chamber, and Claydol is waiting for you.

To test you further, it opens a portal — and you’re challenged to defeat the three legendary Johto beasts one after another, with no break in between.

Since they’re level scaled, expect a tough fight.

Portal Challenge
Raikou Electric (level scales)
Entei Fire (level scales)
Suicune Water (level scales)

The tile Claydol sits on is actually an elevator to the upper floor — once it leaves, you can ride it up.

Ruins of Void – 1F

Finally, you’re at the peak of the ruins.

The Grunts are shocked to see you, but they won’t confront you until you pass them.

Items
Nugget (hidden)

One of the Grunts battles you, and thankfully it isn’t level scaled.

After you win, the other Grunt wants to fight — but Jax shows up to distract them and you slip back into the ruins. Talk to Jax here and he’ll heal you again.

Grunt
Cofagrigus Ghost (Lv.39)
Sableye Dark/Ghost (Lv.38)

Head inside and climb down the ladder into one more chamber.

Ruins of Void – Final Chamber

There’s not much here except a long hallway — walk through it and you’ll find another ladder going down.

Items
Zinc (hidden)

Climb down and it won’t be long before Shadow Grunts capture you and drag you to the ritual site.

Ritual Challenge

Zeph, the leader of the Shadow, attempts the ritual of unbinding — and fails.

The strange red-haired Grunt from before steps forward and reveals himself as Aklove, a descendant of the king who warred with Borrius ages ago.

He performs the ritual himself, causing Hoopa to be Unbound in the hope of destroying Borrius.

To help bring that about, he orders Hoopa to open two portals and summon the legendary Johto birds to defeat you — one at a time, thankfully.

Ritual Challenge
Ho-Oh Fire/Flying (level scales)
Lugia Psychic/Flying (level scales)

Beat them and Aklove has another trick up his sleeve — he’ll do to you what he did to Marlon and seal you inside Cube Space!

You’re teleported away to a strange landscape.

Cube Space

Cube Space is an extremely strange environment, and an absolute maze to navigate.

You’ll have to work through a bit of a teleporter maze, and it can be confusing, so follow these steps:

  1. Walk east and hop on the next teleport pad.
  2. From there, walk north to the T-junction, take the west path and hop on the teleport pad.
  3. Walk north and then east. Do not take the teleport pad — go past it and turn north.
  4. You’ll come to three choices of teleport pad — take the right one.
  5. Go south. You will come to a pad — do not take it. Go past it to the second pad.
  6. Step on that second pad — do not go any further.

Once you step on that pad, you’re whisked away to an area with two other people — one of them is Marlon, and the other is your dad, Aros!

Aros explains he’s been trapped in Cube Space for years, and Marlon only joined him recently.

Together, all three of you work out a way for you and Marlon to escape — Aros has to stay behind, since he needs to be freed manually.

After an emotional goodbye, you’re teleported to Cinder Volcano.

Heading to Cinder Volcano

Cinder Volcano is home to the Shadow Base entrance — through the cave entrance the Shadow Grunt was blocking the last time you were here.

Head inside to confront the Shadow.

Part 19

Cinder Volcano Depths and the Shadow Base

Cinder Volcano Depths and the Shadow Base
  • Follow Marlon into the Depths of Cinder Volcano
  • Defeat Vega and the Light of Ruin
  • Survive the Encounter with Primal Groudon
  • Infiltrate Shadow Base
  • Challenge Shadow Boss Zeph

Cinder Volcano Depths – Overview

Points of Interest
1F
Light of Ruin Grunt
B1F
Agent Vega Double Battle
Shadow Remains Cave
Heat Rock Cave
B2F
Primal Groudon Battle
Exits and Passages
1F
Route 4 West
Ladder Down to B1F
B1F
Ladder Up to 1F
Ladder Down to B2F
B2F
Ladder Up to B1F
Items
1F
X Attack (hidden)
B1F
TM76 Stealth Rock
Zygarde Cell
Red Shard (hidden)
Heat Rock
Max Revive (hidden)
Lava Cookie
B2F
Occa Berry (hidden)
Dire Hit (hidden)
Star Piece
Elixir (hidden)
Ultra Ball (hidden)
Wild Pokémon (all floors)
Cave
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Slugma Fire
Salandit Poison/Fire
Camerupt Fire/Ground
Graveler Rock/Ground
Excadrill Ground/Steel
Heatmor Fire
Magmar Fire
Surfing
Slugma Fire
Magcargo Fire/Rock
Rock Smash
Geodude Rock/Ground
Graveler Rock/Ground
Shuckle Bug/Rock

Cinder Volcano Depths – 1F

When you enter the cavern, you’ll see someone in a strange uniform passed out on the floor — presumably put there by Marlon.

But when you try to walk past him toward the ladder, he jumps up and reveals himself as a Grunt of Aklove’s new organization, the Light of Ruin.

Light of Ruin Grunt
Floette Fairy (Lv.38)
Ribombee Bug/Fairy (Lv.38)
Sylveon Fairy (Lv.39)

He’s easy to handle, but afterward he runs off to tell the rest of the Light of Ruin you’re here. Climb down the ladder after him.

Cinder Volcano Depths – B1F

When you climb down the ladder, the Grunt is desperate to reach his boss before you do.

Follow him, and you’ll walk into a confrontation already in progress.

Vega, the Crater Town Gym Leader and spy for the Shadows, is apparently now a leader of the Light of Ruin — and Marlon wants to take him down.

Time for a Double Battle.

Like the battles with Jax, you need to pick three Pokémon to fight alongside Marlon’s three — a Krookodile, a Cacturne, and a Dusclops.

Light of Ruin Double Battle
Agent Vega and Light of Ruin Grunt
Liepard Dark (Lv.38)
Floette Fairy (Lv.38)
Ribombee Bug/Fairy (Lv.38)
Sylveon Fairy (Lv.39)
Honchkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.39)
Absol (Mega) Dark (Lv.40)

This battle is straightforward, since Marlon’s Pokémon are quite formidable and make good partners.

After you win, Vega tries to escape, and Marlon chases him deeper into the volcano.

Two chambers are accessible from this central area — both hold useful items, but the left one is worth visiting first.

You find the body of a Shadow Warrior. Knowing what you know now about how they’re made, you’re given the option to lay it to rest.

After that, go back to the main chamber and head south.

Make sure your Pokémon are fully healed before climbing down the ladder — an extremely tough fight lies ahead.

Cinder Volcano Depths – B2F

Marlon thinks he has Vega cornered, but Vega has one card up his sleeve — an artifact that summons a Primal Groudon from the heart of the volcano!

Vega flees, leaving you and Marlon to face the legendary Pokémon. Worse, a rockfall cuts you off from your Pokeballs.

Marlon offers to command your Pokémon against the Groudon — highly unusual, but your only option.

Legendary Battle
Primal Groudon
Primal Groudon Ground/Fire (level scales)

This is one of the toughest battles in the game.

The Groudon is level scaled, so you can’t really overprepare. On top of that, you can only tell Marlon to switch Pokémon or use items — you can’t choose the moves he orders.

It’s very hit and miss, because the move he picks may not be the most effective or powerful one.

But if you manage to beat Primal Groudon, the rockfall clears and you and Marlon are free to chase Zeph.

Marlon explicitly tells you not to follow him to the Shadow Base. Your updated mission objective, however, says otherwise.

Getting to Shadow Base

The Shadow Base is in the same place it was at the very start of the game — just outside your hometown, Frozen Heights.

It was sealed behind you when you left last time, but now it’s been unsealed — Marlon’s doing, presumably.

Head on inside.

Shadow Base – 1F

Points of Interest
Marlon’s Uniform
Level 1 Key Card
Exits and Passages
Frozen Heights
Level 2 Key Card Access
Shadow Base Elevator
Items
Hyper Potion
Metagrossite or Tyranitarite or Garchompite

When you enter, you’ll have the choice of going left or right.

Left leads back to the area you escaped from before; right leads where you need to go now.

Apparently Marlon decided to ditch his uniform after breaking through the front door — it’s lying there for you to pick up and put on.

As ‘Marlon’, you’ll be able to move around the Shadow Base pretty freely.

Head west and you’ll see a room with a scientist in it.

Just north of him is an item you’ll need — the Level 1 Key Card.

There are locked doors all over this base, and this card gets you through some of them.

There’s only one way to travel between floors here, and that’s the elevator.

It even comes with its own elevator attendant.

First, head to B1F.

Shadow Base – B1F

Points of Interest
Level 2 Key Card
Shadow Grunt
Exits and Passages
Shadow Base Elevator
Level 1 Key Card Access
Level 2 Key Card Access
Level 3 Key Card Access
Items
Pearl (hidden)
Calcium (hidden)
Dusk Ball (hidden)
Reaper Cloth
Zygarde Cell
Protein
Dusk Ball

Good thing you picked up that keycard upstairs — the way forward is locked behind Level 1 access.

Open the doors and head on through.

First, visit the northeast room to grab something useful.

It’s the Level 2 Key Card, sitting on a desk where a Grunt is working.

With it, you can go back to the area where you woke up at the start of the game and open the locked door there — inside is a Mega Stone for your starter Pokémon: a Metagrossite, Garchompite, or Tyranitarite.

Past another Level 1 door, a Grunt wants to battle you — as a friendly sparring session, of course.

You can fight him again and again if you need training.

Shadow Grunt
Scrafty Dark/Fighting (Lv.40)
Malamar Dark/Psychic (Lv.41)

Once you’ve grabbed everything of value on this floor, head back to the elevator and select B2F.

Shadow Base – B2F

Points of Interest
Shadow Scientist
Level 3 Key Card
Exits and Passages
Shadow Base Elevator
Shadow Warrior Lab Entry/Exit
Level 3 Key Card Access
Items
Zygarde Cell
Up-Grade
TM41 Torment
Black Glasses

As soon as you arrive on this floor, you’ll need your keycard to open another security door.

Head east and then south until someone crosses your path along the corridor.

Just like the Shadow Grunt upstairs, this Scientist offers herself as a training partner.

Shadow Scientist
Mawile Steel/Fairy (Lv.40)
Vikavolt Bug/Electric (Lv.40)
Bronzong Steel/Psychic (Lv.41)

In the south part of this floor is the entrance to the lab where the Shadow Warriors are made.

The Grunt guarding it thinks you’re Marlon, so he lets you in.

This is where you’ll find the final item you need — the Level 3 Key Card.

With it, you can head back to the elevator and go straight to B3F, where Zeph has his office.

Shadow Base – B3F

B3F is the final floor of the base, and Marlon is already here ahead of you.

Items
Houndoomite

A man with scruffy red hair walks through a security door — this must be Marlon out of uniform.

Now that you have the Level 3 card, you can follow him.

Zeph is in the middle of explaining himself to Marlon when you barge through the door.

He accuses you of being a spy, so it’s time to battle Zeph one more time.

Shadow Base Battle – Boss Zeph
Mightyena Dark (Lv.41)
Exploud Normal (Lv.40)
Decidueye Grass/Ghost (Lv.42)
Gengar (Mega) Ghost/Poison (Lv.41)

After you beat him, Zeph soon comes to his senses when Marlon tells him your father is Aros.

Zeph explains why he developed the method for making Shadow Warriors, and how Fey, the leader of the Science Society, manipulated him all along.

The most interesting revelation, though, is that Marlon and Ivory are none other than your Rival’s parents!

The Light of Ruin has been detected in Vivill Town, across the Great Desert east of Dehara City.

But you’ll need to beat the Gym first — so that’s where you’re heading next.

Part 20

The Dehara Gym — Battery Badge

The Dehara Gym — Battery Badge

The Dehara Gym — Battery Badge

The Dehara Gym breaks the mold of every Gym you’ve taken on so far. This one runs on two types at once: Electric and Steel.

  • Steel-type attacks hit Fairy-, Ice-, and Rock-type Pokémon hard
  • Steel-type Pokémon are vulnerable to Fighting-, Fire-, and Ground-type moves
  • Electric-type attacks hit Flying- and Water-type Pokémon hard
  • Electric-type Pokémon have a single weakness: Ground-type moves

So a Ground-type team looks like the obvious answer — but it isn’t. The gym’s magnetic field lifts every Pokémon off the ground, making them completely immune to Ground-type attacks.

Your real answer is something that punishes Steel-types, like a Fire-type such as Camerupt. If you’ve picked up the Cameruptite, Mega Evolve it in battle — Mega Camerupt’s Fire attacks will tear through most Steel-types on the roster, and the extra power helps against the Electric-types too.

Every Gym Trainer

Gym Trainers
Super Nerd Ezra
Luxio Electric (Lv.41)
Probopass Rock/Steel (Lv.40)
Worker Humphrey
Magnemite Electric/Steel (Lv.39)
Magneton Electric/Steel (Lv.41)
Guitarist Luca
Manectric Electric (Lv.40)
Electrode Electric (Lv.41)
Scientist Giselle
Charjabug Electric (Lv.40)
Dedenne Electric/Fairy (Lv.40)
Scientist Jose
Klang Steel (Lv.41)
Bronzong Steel/Psychic (Lv.41)
Scientist Jerry
Bronzor Steel/Psychic (Lv.40)
Klink Steel (Lv.40)
Voltorb Electric (Lv.39)
Super Nerd Zack
Electabuzz Electric (Lv.40)
Luxray Electric (Lv.40)
Collector Ashton
Emolga Electric/Flying (Lv.40)
Pachirisu Electric (Lv.41)
Worker Bernie
Klink Steel (Lv.40)
Magnemite Electric/Steel (Lv.40)
Voltorb Electric (Lv.40)

Solving the Gym Puzzle

This gym is genuinely tricky to navigate, so it pays to keep a mental picture of the route while you work through it. The optimal path is marked by colored lines in this order:

  • red
  • blue
  • green
  • yellow
  • magenta
  • cyan
  • purple
  • orange

The gym spans three floors — 1F, B1F, and B2F. Elevators on one of the floors can reach either of the other two levels. Bulb switches throughout the building flip the electric gates on and off, and pressing them changes your line color so the backtracking stays readable.

Start by heading east from the Guide, ride the moving platform, and you’ll reach a room with two elevators. Step onto the leftmost elevator to drop down to B1F. Head northwest and you’ll meet the first trainer in your way: Super Nerd Ezra. Beat him, then go north to a bulb switch — these switches control the electric gates, so they’re the key to the whole gym. Flip this one on, then ride back up to the platform you came from on 1F.

This time take the elevator you skipped before — the northern one — which drops you into a different section of B1F. Ride the moving platform north and you’ll bump into Worker Humphrey. After beating him, continue north and take the elevator there down to B2F. You’ll spot two Tesla coils that once powered an electric fence, but they’ve gone quiet — flipping that first bulb rerouted the energy and cleared your path forward.

Ride an elevator up to 1F and walk past Guitarist Luca, then take the elevator near him back down to B2F. You’ll notice the electric gate to the south is still active. Find the elevator to the right of the one you arrived on and ride it back up to 1F, where another bulb waits. Switch it on — and memorize this spot, because you’ll need to return later. Head back to the previous elevator.

There’s another elevator in the north part of this area; ride it up to B1, where you’ll face Scientist Giselle. Defeat her, head west to yet another elevator, and ride it up to B1. The third bulb is here — flip it on, and again, memorize the spot: you’ll have to come back and switch it off again before you’re done.

Now head back to the Tesla coils on B2F that were blocking you earlier. They’re dead now, so walk past them and up to battle Scientist Jerry. Take the elevator past him to B1, where another set of deactivated Tesla coils stands. Walk through them to the only exit available — the other elevator, which carries you up to 1F.

The fourth bulb sits on the next platform. Turn it on and retrace your steps. Remember where Scientist Jose and the third bulb were, on 1F? You need to go back there now. When you arrive, turn that bulb off. Then make your way back to where the second bulb was — southeast of Guitarist Luca on 1F — and switch that one off too. After that, trek all the way back to the gym entrance on 1F; you should be standing near the Guide again.

Now you can cross to the other side of the first platform and slip through the Tesla coils there. Take the elevator behind the disengaged coils down to B2F. Walk east from the elevator and you’ll run into Collector Ashton. Step onto the elevator just southeast of him to reach B1F. This is the fifth and final bulb — turn it on, then head back to the southwest corner of B2F. From there, go north and you’ll see one last set of Tesla coils, deactivated. Worker Bernie is the last trainer between you and the Gym Leader. Beat him, go north, and you’ll finally face Galavan.

Gym Leader Galavan

Remember the man lurking in the corner of every gym city’s Pokémon Center, always offering his take on the local Gym Leader? That’s Galavan — and he’s the leader of this gym. As if the levitation gimmick weren’t enough, he insists on facing you in a Double Battle.

Gym Leader Galavan Double Battle
Alolan Golem Rock/Electric (Lv.44)
Eelektross Electric (Lv.43)
Magneton Electric/Steel (Lv.42)
Manectric (Mega) Electric (Lv.44)

Win the match and Galavan hands you TM92 Volt Switch along with the Battery Badge — and that badge finally lets you use Surf outside of battle.

Surf Backtracking Spots (Optional)

Back on Route 12, Professor Log gave you and your Rival the HM for Surf, but you’ve had no way to actually use it. That’s over now. If you want to backtrack, there are several valuable pickups you can finally reach with Surf:

Surf Backtracking Locations
Icicle Cave 3F
Max ReviveIn the middle of the lake
TM13 Ice BeamOn the east side of the lake, up a ladder
Icicle Cave 2F
Zygarde CellOn the southern bank of the west lake
Route 2
Zygarde CellNorthwest of the route, on a small island
Shiny StoneNear the entrance to Dresco Town, at water level
Dresco Town
TM105 Brutal SwingSouth of the Moltres plaza, at water level
Route 3
TM45 AttractEast side of the route, on a small island
CarbosWest side of the route, on a small island
Deep Sea Scale (hidden)East side of the route, hidden in sand
Deep Sea Tooth (hidden)West side of the route, hidden in sand
Cinder Volcano East 1F
TM35 FlamethrowerAcross a small lava pond in the entry chamber
Cinder Volcano West 1F
Flame OrbEast of the Chansey across the lava lake
MagmarizerSoutheast bank of the lava lake
Valley Cave B1F
Energy RootAcross a small pond in the southeast crater
TM44 RestAcross a small pond in the southwest crater
Tehl Town
NuggetAcross the pond, behind a tree
Route 10
Zygarde CellSoutheast section of the central lake
Green ShardWest of the Zygarde Cell, east side of the central island
Macho BraceSouth part of the central lake
Dawn StoneWest part of the central lake, on an island
Max ElixirSouthwest of the central lake, on a tiny bank
Route 9
TM30 Shadow BallOn an island in the middle of the route
Zygarde CellOn an island in the middle of the route
Flame ChargeAcross a pond in a clearing near the Underground Passage exit
Fallshore City
Fast BallEast of the KBT Expressway entrance
Silk ScarfBehind a house south of the KBT Expressway entrance
Shed ShellWest of the KBT Expressway entrance
SteelixiteOn the east end of the beach, up a tiny staircase
Epidimy Town
Quick BallOn the southwest bank of the pond

Continuing the Story

When you’re done exploring, Fly to Cinder Volcano and take the 1F shortcut to the east exit onto Route 4. There are a few important pickups waiting on Routes 13 and 14 — the waters you were meant to surf toward the Ruins of Void before Hoopa interfered. Hop on your Pokémon and surf south into Route 13 to get started.

Part 21

Routes 13 and 14

Routes 13 and 14

Route 13

Points of Interest
Swimmer Luis
Fisherman Wade
Fisherman Nolan
Swimmer Tiffany
Ninja Boy Nate (hidden)
Beauty Grace
Bird Keeper Ramiro
Tuber Amir
Tuber Alexis
Swimmer Richard
Swimmer Nora
Swimmer Reece
Swimmer Matthew
Swimmer Melissa
Swimmer Anya
Ocean Master Osean
Exits and Passages
Route 4
Dehara City
Route 14
Items
HP Up (hidden)
Dive Ball (hidden)
Stardust (hidden)
Max Ether (hidden)
Stardust (hidden)
Water Stone (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Alomomola Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Clauncher Water (Good Rod)
Skrelp Poison/Water (Good Rod)
Clawitzer Water (Super Rod)
Dragalge Poison/Dragon (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Binacle Rock/Water
Geodude Rock/Ground
Corsola Water/Rock
Krabby Water
Kingler Water
Trainers
Swimmer Luis
Tentacool Water/Poison (Lv.40)
Golduck Water (Lv.41)
Fisherman Wade
Goldeen Water (Lv.40)
Remoraid Water (Lv.40)
Clauncher Water (Lv.40)
Skrelp Water (Lv.40)
Magikarp Water (Lv.40)
Magikarp Water (Lv.40)
Swimmer Tiffany
Lumineon Water (Lv.41)
Fisherman Nolan
Corsola Water/Rock (Lv.41)
Mareanie Poison/Water (Lv.40)
Ninja Boy Nate
Sneasel Dark/Ice (Lv.40)
Arbok Poison (Lv.41)
Victreebel Grass/Poison (Lv.41)
Beauty Grace
Eevee Normal (Lv.40)
Rapidash Fire (Lv.41)
Bird Keeper Ramiro
Swellow Normal/Flying (Lv.41)
Tuber Amir
Sandygast Water (Lv.39)
Lotad Water/Grass (Lv.41)
Slowpoke Water/Psychic (Lv.40)
Tuber Alexis
Poliwag Water (Lv.40)
Goldeen Water (Lv.40)
Poliwag Water (Lv.39)
Nidorina Poison (Lv.41)
Swimmer Richard
Mantine Water/Flying (Lv.40)
Tentacool Water/Poison (Lv.40)
Swimmer Nora
Corsola Water/Rock (Lv.40)
Lanturn Water/Electric (Lv.41)
Chinchou Water/Electric (Lv.39)
Swimmer Reece
Buizel Water (Lv.39)
Tentacruel Water/Poison (Lv.40)
Floatzel Water (Lv.41)
Swimmer Matthew
Clauncher Water (Lv.40)
Sharpedo Water/Dark (Lv.41)
Swimmer Melissa
Finneon Water (Lv.40)
Mantyke Water/Flying (Lv.40)
Swimmer Anya
Wooper Water/Ground (Lv.39)
Poliwhirl Water (Lv.41)
Poliwag Water (Lv.39)
Luvdisc Water (Lv.40)
Floatzel Water (Lv.41)

Now that Surf is usable, head to Route 4 West and surf south into Route 13. Routes 13 and 14 are ocean routes, and they would have been the only way to reach the Ruins of Void before Hoopa intervened. Beyond the important pickups scattered across both routes, there’s a challenge waiting here — the Ocean Master Challenge — which makes for excellent training before you head into the Great Desert. To finish the challenge, you must defeat every trainer on Routes 13 and 14.

Beating Every Trainer

Swimmer Luis is waiting the moment you enter the route. From him, surf southeast to an island with a lone fisherman — Fisherman Wade, your second battle. Southeast of Wade’s island sits a smaller island holding two more trainers, a Swimmer (Tiffany) and a Fisherman (Nolan). East of here lies Dehara City, which gives you a handy shortcut back to town if you need healing — remember that there are no Nurses or Chanseys anywhere on Routes 13 or 14.

Once they’re handled, return to Wade’s island and head west until you hit sand. This is a large teardrop-shaped sand island packed with trainers. The first is Ninja Boy Nate, and he’s hidden — interact with the mound of sand to draw him out. South of him are four more trainers — Beauty Grace, Bird Keeper Ramiro, Tuber Amir, and Tuber Alexis — and they’re no pushovers. Consider heading back to Dehara to heal after those bouts.

With the teardrop island cleared, surf southeast. Two swimmers are circling here — Swimmer Richard and Swimmer Nora. Beat them, then loop back to the teardrop island and head southwest from there. Two more swimmers will ambush you as you push south — Swimmer Reece, with Swimmer Matthew just to the southwest. Make sure you catch both of them; one is easy to miss. Swimmer Melissa is south of them, beside a Trainer Tips sign. Keep going south and you’ll run into the route’s final trainer, Swimmer Anya. Defeat her and you’ll spot a sign marking the crossing point between Routes 13 and 14. The Ocean Master is northeast of here, so file that away for later, then continue south onto Route 14.

Route 14

Points of Interest
Roughneck Raul
Swimmer David
Swimmer Douglas
Picnicker Heidi
Expert Litzy
Swimmer Krista
Fisherman Brett
Swimmer Tony
Swimmer Raxle
Aroma Lady Violet
Picnicker Carol
Swimmer Barry
Swimmer Connie
Worker Lewis
Collector Diddy
Exits and Passages
(east) Route 13
Route 12
(west) Ruins of Void
Requires Advanced Digging and Diving Machine
Requires HM Rock Climb
Route 6
Items
Hyper Potion (hidden)
Rare Candy (hidden)
Zinc (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Dragon Scale (hidden)
Dawn Stone
PP Up
Zygarde Cell
Eject Button
(in Route 6) Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Pelipper Water/Flying Day and Night
Bibarel Normal/Water Day and Night
Golduck Water Day and Night
Gastrodon Water/Ground Day and Night
Floatzel Water Day and Night
Slowpoke Water/Psychic Day and Night
Bellsprout Grass/Poison Day
Weepinbell Grass/Poison Day
Oddish Grass/Poison Night
Gloom Grass/Poison Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantine Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod) all locations
Horsea Water (Good Rod) all locations
Shellder Water (Good Rod) all locations
Wailmer Water (Good Rod) Small Island
Luvdisc Water (Good Rod) West
Carvanha Water/Dark (Good Rod) East
Seadra Water (Super Rod) all locations
Shellder Water (Super Rod) Small Island, West
Luvdisc Water (Super Rod) West
Cloyster Water/Ice (Super Rod) East
Sharpedo Water/Ice (Super Rod) East
Trainers
Roughneck Raul
Crawdaunt Water/Dark (Lv.40)
Poliwrath Water/Fight (Lv.41)
Swimmer David
Gastrodon Water/Ground (Lv.40)
Shellder Water (Lv.39)
Cloyster Water/Ice (Lv.41)
Swimmer Douglas
Horsea Water (Lv.39)
Whiscash Water/Ground (Lv.40)
Alomomola Water (Lv.41)
Seadra Water (Lv.41)
Picnicker Heidi
Bellsprout Grass/Poison (Lv.40)
Psyduck Water (Lv.40)
Expert Litzy
Medicham Fight/Psychic (Lv.41)
Lickilicky Normal (Lv.42)
Swimmer Krista
Dewgong Water/Ice (Lv.40)
Cloyster Water/Ice (Lv.41)
Fisherman Brett
Seaking Water (Lv.41)
Seadra Water (Lv.41)
Swimmer Tony
Wailord Water (Lv.41)
Wishiwashi Water (Lv.40)
Swimmer Raxle
Quagsire Water/Ground (Lv.41)
Crawdaunt Water/Dark (Lv.41)
Basculin Water (Lv.40)
Staryu Water (Lv.40)
Wailmer Water (Lv.39)
Aroma Lady Violet
Gloom Grass/Poison (Lv.40)
Weepinbell Grass/Poison (Lv.40)
Bellossom Grass (Lv.41)
Picnicker Carol
Exeggcute Grass/Psychic (Lv.40)
Flabebe Fairy (Lv.41)
Swimmer Barry
Politoed Water (Lv.41)
Clawitzer Water (Lv.41)
Swimmer Connie
Staryu Water (Lv.39)
Seel Water (Lv.41)
Starmie Water/Psychic (Lv.41)
Worker Lewis
Elekid Electric (Lv.39)
Manectric Electric (Lv.40)
Collector Diddy
Porygon Normal (Lv.40)
Slowking Water/Psychic (Lv.40)
Alolan Geodude Water (Lv.40)

The first stretch of Route 14 is an S-shaped sand island.

Beating Every Trainer

On the northwest part of the island you’ll find Raul on land and David in the water — beat both to move on. Head east afterward to challenge Swimmer Douglas. On the middle bend of the ‘S’ you’ll meet Picnicker Heidi. Follow the island’s curve south from her to the next trainer, Expert Litzy.

Surf south of Expert Litzy and you’ll spot a swimmer plus a small M-shaped island, home to Swimmer Krista and Fisherman Brett. Just east of here is the Route 12 beach where you picked up Cosmog — once those two are beaten, move on. Surf west from there toward a large rocky island.

This section of Route 14 is two rocky islands joined by a bridge. Surf west along the southern edge of the eastern island until you reach a channel in the middle. Head up that channel and pass under the bridge to reach the sea north of the islands. The Ruins of Void lie north of here, and there’s a sign explaining that the dark patches of water can only be explored with the Advanced Digging and Diving Machine. Beat Swimmer Tony here, then return to the south side of the islands.

Follow the islands’ edge west until you meet Swimmer Raxle, and keep going until you find a spot to land on the west island. Climb the stairs and push into the long grass, following the path east until you reach Aroma Lady Violet. Past her, a small staircase leads to a lake at the very top of the island, where Picnicker Carol is waiting, half-hidden in the grass.

Once the island is done, get back in the water and surf west. You’ll run into Barry and Connie along the way — they both swim long loops, so the exact spot where you find them may differ. After beating them, keep heading west until you find land. Walk west up the steps and you’ll arrive on a massive land bridge, the final section of Route 14. Worker Lewis is to the north and Collector Diddy to the south. With both defeated, the Ocean Challenge is complete — now head back to the southeast part of Route 13 to find the Ocean Master.

The Ocean Master Fight

Time to take on the Ocean Master himself.

Ocean Master Battle
Mega Trainer Osean
Pelipper Water/Flying (Lv.41)
Samurott Water (Lv.42)
Ludicolo Water/Grass (Lv.42)
Kingdra Water/Dragon (Lv.43)
Gyarados (Mega) Water/Dark (Lv.43)

Beating the Ocean Master earns you plenty of experience plus a Gyaradosite, which should prove useful in the battles ahead.

Heading Onward

Route 6 sits just across the water to the west of the land bridge. Your next stop is the Auburn Waterway, which you can reach through the southern gate of Route 6.

Part 22

Auburn Waterway & Lost Tunnel

Auburn Waterway & Lost Tunnel

Auburn Waterway

Points of Interest
Swimmer Harold
Swimmer Ava
Fisherman Kenneth
Swimmer Mymo
Swimmer Nicole
Sad Clown
Hiker Finn
Exits and Passages
Route 6
Route 9
Route 9
Route 10
Items
Zygarde Cell
Heart Scale (northwest channel to Route 9)
Misty Seed (hidden)
TM89 U-Turn
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Lotad Water/Grass Day and Night
Lombre Water/Green Day and Night
Tympole Water Day and Night
Palpitoad Water/Ground Day and Night
Marill Water/Fairy Day and Night
Linoone Normal Day and Night
Goomy Dragon Day and Night
Ditto Normal Day and Night
Surfing
Palpitoad Water/Ground
Lombre Water/Grass
Surskit Bug/Water
Masquerain Bug/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Good Rod)
Goldeen Water (Good Rod)
Wishiwashi Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Seaking Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Trainers
Swimmer Harold
Palpitoad Water/Ground (Lv.40)
Seaking Water (Lv.42)
Swimmer Ava
Lumineon Water (Lv.42)
Wingull Water/Flying (Lv.40)
Fisherman Kenneth
Wishiwashi Water (Lv.40)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Lv.41)
Swimmer Mymo
Golduck Water (Lv.41)
Lombre Water/Grass (Lv.41)
Swimmer Nicole
Masquerain Bug/Flying (Lv.41)

Now that you can use Surf, it’s time to explore the Auburn Waterway, starting from the north side. Dive into the water and head southeast. You’ll likely run into Swimmer Harold along the way — there are a few trainers around here, so stay sharp if you’re looking for experience. Keep pushing southeast until you see a large landmass dotted with trees, then turn south.

Continue south until you reach a small island holding a lone fisherman and a patch of long grass.

Picking Up the Rain Dance TM

From the fisherman’s island, turn west — you may cross paths with Swimmer Nicole on the way. As you travel west, you might notice a clown hiding among the trees. That’s your destination, though you’ll have to take the long way around to reach him. Follow the treeline west until you find a gap in the trees wide enough to land through. Whatever you do, don’t jump off the cliff to the west — it drops you into the area where you ran into all those Granbull Goons earlier. Instead, head east through the long grass. You’ll eventually find the clown, who is so surprised that you tracked him down that he gives you TM18 Rain Dance.

Make your way back to the lone fisherman’s island, then head northeast until you find a slightly bigger island with a Hiker on it.

Helping Hiker Finn

When you talk to him, you’ll learn he’s in a bind: his Pokémon dug a tunnel up to this island, but it learned a new move when it leveled up and forgot how to use Dig. He needs you to bring a Pokémon that knows Dig so he can find the tunnel and get out. If you don’t have one yet, head to the Cinder Volcano Depths — where you fought the Light of Ruin and Groudon — and catch an Excadrill there; it should already know Dig. Then come back and take on the Hiker’s request. Before that, though, he wants to battle you to make sure you’re up to the job.

Hiker Finn
Graveler Rock/Ground level scales
Lairon Steel/Rock level scales

Once you’ve beaten him, your Pokémon will automatically use Dig, and you’ll drop into a dark tunnel.

Lost Tunnel

Points of Interest
Healing Chansey and Entrance
Diglett Attack
Golem Attack
Dugtrio Attack
Exits and Passages
KBT Expressway
Items
Aggronite
Luminous Moss (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Max Repel
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Graveler Rock/Ground
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Lairon Steel/Rock
Diglett Ground
Dugtrio Ground
Rock Smash
Geodude Rock/Ground
Graveler Rock/Ground

When you first land here, you won’t be able to see more than a tile in any direction — and a Pokémon with Flash won’t help at all. There’s no climbing back up; the only way out is forward through the tunnel’s single other exit. The good news is that you landed right next to a healing Chansey, so make sure your team is healthy before you set off.

From your landing spot, head south until you reach a T-junction. Ignore it and keep going south; the path will then bend west. You’ll eventually hit another T-junction — take the north path this time. At the next T-junction, go west. When you reach a four-way intersection, an earthquake strikes and a Diglett attacks you! Its level scales to yours, so it could be a tough fight regardless — unless you’ve got a Water move or two handy, of course.

Pokémon Encounter
Diglett Ground level scales

After the fight, take the south path from that intersection — it hooks around to the west — and you’ll be attacked again, this time by a Golem.

Pokémon Encounter
Golem Rock/Ground level scales

Once the Golem is dealt with, you’ll notice you’re at another T-junction. Head north here, and the path will turn west. From there, walk north and you’ll face another choice. Take the east path, and when you reach another intersection, ignore it and keep heading east. After a slight upward turn you’ll come to the final T-junction. Head east from there, and it won’t be long before you’re ambushed once more — this time by a Dugtrio.

Pokémon Encounter
Dugtrio Ground level scales

After three ambushes, the Lost Tunnel seems done with you. Keep going east, ignoring a blocked-off passage, and you’ll finally find what you’ve been searching for: a ladder, leading you and the Hiker out of this gloomy place.

Earning TM28 Dig

The grateful Hiker rewards you with a gift — TM28 Dig. Then head north out of the tunnel and you’ll emerge somewhere familiar.

Exiting the Lost Tunnel

You’ll come out in a section of the KBT Expressway, close to Fallshore City and Epidimy Town. That’s convenient, because your next destination is Epidimy Town and Thundercap Mountain.

Part 23

Return to Thundercap Mountain

Return to Thundercap Mountain

Return to Thundercap

Now that you have Surf, there are a few important things to do back in Thundercap Mountain.

Items
1F
TM24 Thunderbolt (southwest area)
2F
Max Ether (southeast area)
Electric Seed (east area)
3F
Electirizer (southeast area)
Protein (Main Cavern, northeast side)

Climb up to 2F and head to the southeast corner, where a large underground lake sits. Surf east across it to a ladder that leads up to 3F. That ladder brings you to the section of 3F containing the Ancient Tablet — this time on a side you couldn’t reach before. Go north and you’ll find a boulder puzzle.

This puzzle is a little involved, so follow the step-by-step instructions below. Also, make sure you previously pushed the extra boulder down the hole from the Electivire Chamber on 4F if you haven’t done so already.

Thundercap Boulder Puzzle

  1. Push boulder A to the west.
  2. Push boulder B to the north.
  3. Push boulder C to the south.
  4. Push boulder D (which is really boulder A, now west of its starting spot) to the south.
  5. Push boulder E to the west.
  6. Push boulder F to the south.
  7. Push boulder G to the north.
  8. Push boulder H all the way to the west.
  9. Clear the rocks with Rock Smash, then push boulder I to the west.
  10. Push boulder I north again, onto the button.

That side of the puzzle is now complete.

The Second Boulder Puzzle

Go south and then west, hopping off the cliff, until you’re on the left side of the cavern where the second boulder puzzle sits. This one is simple: smash all the rocks here and shove the southern boulder up so it rests on the button. With both boulders on their buttons, the electric fence in the northwest of the chamber powers down — revealing your prize, a Manectite.

After the Puzzles

With that handled, head to the ladder in the north of the chamber. It takes you to a brand-new area of 4F: the Maze Chamber.

Thundercap Mountain 4F: The Maze Chamber

Points of Interest
Yellow Pokémon Witness
Lost Kid
Camper Phillip and Picnicker Tina
Dugtrio Attack
Hikers Dario and Daryl
Kid Drop-off Point
Youngster Benward and Lass Miriam
Exits and Passages
Ladder Down to 3F Tablet Cave
Items
Nugget (hidden)
Calcium
Timer Ball
TM73 Thunder Wave
Rare Candy
Thick Club
Trainers
Camper Phillip and Picnicker Tina
Sandshrew Ground (Lv.41)
Audino Normal (Lv.39)
Snivy Grass (Lv.39)
Hikers Dario and Daryl
Kabuto Rock/Water (Lv.39)
Omastar Rock/Water (Lv.41)
Aggron Steel/Rock (Lv.42)
Camper Dwayne and Picnicker Martha
Dedenne Electric/Fairy (Lv.39)
Oshawott Water (Lv.40)
Tepig Fire (Lv.40)
Wormadam Bug/Grass (Lv.41)
Youngster Benward and Lass Miriam
Raticate Normal (Lv.41)
Buneary Normal (Lv.39)
Linoone Normal (Lv.39)
Clefairy Fairy (Lv.40)

When you arrive in the chamber, Surf east across the pond. Keep going east until you reach a corner area, then head north to an intersection. Remember this spot — you’ll need to come back here shortly. For now, head east. South of the next T-junction there’s a man who saw a strange Pokémon around here, but you can’t help him yet without the Advanced Digging and Diving Machine. Continue north and follow the tunnel around until you spot a boy in a Pikachu outfit.

The Pikachu Boy

It’s Milo, and he’s stuck in this cave, waiting for someone to guide him out. Say yes and he’ll start trailing you. While he’s with you, only your first three Pokémon can battle, and he’ll fight beside you in Double Battles with his two Pikachu. One important note: you can’t Surf while he’s following you, so heading back across the pond isn’t an option.

Here’s the most efficient route to follow. Trace the tunnel back to the previous intersection and smash the blocking rock with Rock Smash. Head north and you’ll walk straight into an ambush: Phillip and Tina challenge you to a Double Battle. Once they’re beaten, head west to another intersection. Break the rock there and follow the tunnel north; it zigzags north and west until you reach the chamber’s northern wall. Follow it west to a T-junction.

From there, go south until you reach an intersection with a smashable rock in the middle. Three more sets of Double Battles wait to the west if you want them, but the fastest route to the exit is to smash the rock and head down the east passage. The passage twists a bit and you’ll pass an intersection with some dead ends, but you’ll eventually reach the exit area. Smash the rock, slip through the gap, and Milo will spot the ladder — he thanks you with TM73 Thunder Wave.

Once Milo leaves, you’re free to keep exploring the chamber or jump south over the cliff and back to the ladder. It’s your call depending on how much you want to see, but the next step is to leave the mountain.

After Helping Milo

With all that done, it’s finally time to set out into the Great Desert. Before you go, head to Dehara City and find the intersection of four houses — the Hiker in the southeast house has a special item you’ll need to survive the desert.

Part 24

The Great Desert & Gurun Town

The Great Desert & Gurun Town
  1. Pick up the Go-Goggles in Dehara City
  2. Cross the Great Desert
  3. Explore the Tomb of Borrius
  4. Reach Gurun Town

Before You Enter the Desert

You won’t get far in the Great Desert without something shielding your eyes. Luckily there’s a pair to be had in Dehara City — look for the house sitting just west of the desert gate.

The Hiker who lives there only hands them out to trainers who have cleared the Dehara Gym. Since that’s you, he’ll pass over the Go-Goggles without any trouble.

As you step out to begin the crossing, your Rival shows up and starts acting tough, as always. Then Arthur arrives — he needs to talk to you about Jax, who hasn’t been seen since the Ruins of Void.

Furious at being ignored, your Rival storms off into the desert, bound for Vivill Town.

You’ll have to go after him, since Arthur believes Jax could be there too.

The Great Desert

Points of Interest
Nurse Linda
Roughneck Cameron
Youngster Dave
Guitarist Nelson
Kindler Blaze
Camper Drew
Tomb of Borrius
Ruin Maniac Grady
Pokemon Ranger Logan
Hiker Lucas
Psychic Rode
Bird Keepers Roger and Reed
Clown of the Sands
Black Belt Kiyo
Warmonger Mission
Collector Dawson
Ruin Maniac Larry
Exits and Passages
Dehara City
Requires HM Rock Climb
Gurun Town
Items
Yellow Shard
Fire Stone
Smooth Rock
Yellow Shard (hidden)
Rare Bone (hidden)
Fresh Water
Rare Bone (hidden)
Rare Candy (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Yellow Shard (hidden)
Iron (hidden)
Sun Stone
Zygarde Cell
Yellow Shard (hidden)
Rock Incense
Max Repel (hidden)
Carbos (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Sandslash Ground Day and Night
Dwebble Bug/Rock Day and Night
Krokorok Ground/Dark Day and Night
Cacnea Grass Day and Night
Darumaka Fire Day and Night
Hippowdon Ground Day and Night
Vibrava Ground/Dragon Day and Night
Maractus Grass Day and Night
Rufflet Normal/Flying Day and Night
Vullaby Dark/Flying Day and Night
Rock Smash
Geodude Rock/Ground
Dwebble Bug/Rock
Binacle Rock/Water
Graveler Rock/Ground
Shuckle Bug/Rock
Rock Smash Fossils
Shieldon Rock/Steel (Armor Fossil)
Anorith Rock/Bug (Claw Fossil)
Kabuto Rock/Water (Dome Fossil)
Omanyte Rock/Water (Helix Fossil)
Tyrunt Rock/Dragon (Jaw Fossil)
Aerodactyl Rock/Flying (Old Amber)
Archen Rock/Flying (Plume Fossil)
Lileep Rock/Grass (Root Fossil)
Amaura Rock/Ice (Sail Fossil)
Granidos Rock (Skull Fossil)
Trainers
Nurse Linda
Togepi Fairy (Lv.39)
Togetic Fairy/Flying (Lv.41)
Chansey Normal (Lv.40)
Roughneck Cameron
Krokorok Ground/Dark (Lv.41)
Barbaracle Rock/Water (Lv.39)
Youngster Dave
Sandslash Ground (Lv.40)
Vibrava Ground/Dragon (Lv.41)
Guitarist Nelson
Flaaffy Electric (Lv.41)
Luxio Electric (Lv.40)
Voltorb Electric (Lv.39)
Electrode Electric (Lv.41)
Kindler Blaze
Darumaka Fire (Lv.40)
Camper Drew
Hippopotas Ground (Lv.39)
Inkay Dark/Psychic (Lv.40)
Yamask Ghost (Lv.39)
Sandile Ground/Dark (Lv.40)
Ruin Maniac Grady
Baltoy Ground/Psychic (Lv.39)
Sigilyph Psychic/Flying (Lv.41)
Pokemon Ranger Logan
Trapinch Ground (Lv.40)
Darmanitan Fire (Lv.41)
Hiker Lucas
Excadrill Ground/Steel (Lv.40)
Donphan Ground (Lv.40)
Psychic Rode
Claydol Ground/Psychic (Lv.41)
Solrock Rock/Psychic (Lv.40)
Lunatone Rock/Psychic (Lv.40)
Black Belt Kiyo
Binacle Rock/Water (Lv.39)
Dwebble Bug/Rock (Lv.39)
Bird Keepers Roger and Reed
Rufflet Normal/Flying (Lv.40)
Vullaby Dark/Flying (Lv.39)
Doduo Normal/Flying (Lv.39)
Archen Rock/Flying (Lv.39)
Collector Dawson
Klefki Steel/Fairy (Lv.41)
Sliggoo Dragon (Lv.40)
Maractus Grass (Lv.42)
Ruin Maniac Larry
Crustle Bug/Rock (Lv.40)
Hippowdon Ground (Lv.41)

A sandstorm rages across this desert without pause, wearing down any battling Pokémon that isn’t Rock-, Steel-, or Ground-type.

With that in mind, it’s a stroke of luck that the first trainer on the route is a Nurse — beat her and she’ll heal your entire team.

Don’t be surprised if you end up visiting her more than once.

When you’re ready, push east into the sand.

On the way east you’ll cross paths with Roughneck Cameron, who’s down at the bottom of a sandpit.

Take care of him and keep moving.

Youngster Dave wanders around not far from Cameron, so you’ll probably bump into him while you’re heading east.

Once you’ve spotted him, start angling south.

You’ll reach a rocky bluff wall — follow it south past Guitarist Nelson and his all-Electric team, then slip through the gap into a small valley.

A couple of trainers hang around this valley, but the real point of interest sits in the southeast corner.

This is the resting place of King Borrius the Third, and a pair of would-be tomb raiders have moved in.

There’s not much to actually do inside for now, but one pickup here is worth grabbing.

Behind the pillar on the chamber’s east side you’ll find a Relic Copper — hold onto it, because it will pay off very soon.

Head back to where Guitarist Nelson is standing and follow the rock wall north until you can see its tip.

Psychic Rode is waiting there, and just past the tip of the bluff there’s an opening into a narrow canyon.

Bird Keepers Roger and Reed will ambush you with a Double Battle the moment you step inside.

Once they’re finished, follow the canyon around and you’ll come across a clown.

Smash the rocks hemming him in and he’ll explain the deal: break every rock to the west and south of this spot, and he’ll be free — and he’ll make it worth your while.

One habit worth building: smash rocks all over the Great Desert, because there’s a small chance a Fossil pops out of one.

There’s a whole collection of Fossils to find, and every single one can be brought back to life in Gurun Town.

If you clear out all the rocks the clown mentioned, your reward is TM37 Sandstorm — very fitting for this place.

Leave the canyon by its other exit and travel north until you’ve passed the eastern tip of the bluff.

From there, head due east until the coast comes into view.

An old man stands here — a member of the Undying Lucario cult. He’ll challenge you to win 2,000 Pokémon battles to earn a place in the cult. That could take a while!

If you ever make it that far, your prize is a Lucarionite.

After talking to him, turn south.

You should spot Collector Dawson in a wide sandpit. Once you’ve reached him, go east until a route sign juts out of the sand.

That sign marks the end of the desert and the start of Gurun Town — a stopover on the way to confront the Light of Ruin in Vivill.

Gurun Town

Points of Interest
Pokémon Center
Fossil Revival House
Relic House
Fisherman’s House
Poke Mart
Exits and Passages
Great Desert
Route 16
(west) KBT Expressway
Route 18
(center) Vivill Woods
Items
Zygarde Cell
Charti Berry (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantine Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Good Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Super Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Kingdra Water/Dragon (Super Rod)

Gurun Town has a distinctive look to it, and apparently a lot of history behind it.

After patching up your team at the Pokémon Center, head north.

Two houses stand in the northwest part of town — step into the left one first.

The scientist inside can revive any Fossils you’ve picked up in the Great Desert, so expect to become a regular here.

When you’re done, head next door.

The Black Belt in this house will buy any Relic items you’re carrying — including the Relic Copper you found in the Tomb of Borrius.

The other man in the room wants 20 Hard Stones — gather that many and he’ll hand over TM111 Smack Down.

Across the road to the east of those two houses lives a Fisherman, and he wants to know whether you’ve caught at least 3 Pokémon by fishing.

If you have, he’ll hurry off toward East Borrius and leave a Pearl behind.

Drop by the Poké Mart and speak to the woman inside — she’ll give you a free Lemonade. Plenty of goodies to collect here!

Northwest of town you’ll find the local entrance to the KBT Expressway.

The KBT Expressway: Gurun Stretch

The stretch of expressway running past Gurun Town, Antisis City, and Dehara City has its own set of Pokémon to catch, so it’s worth venturing inside.

Wild Pokémon
Cave
Golbat Poison/Flying
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Hariyama Fighting
Lairon Steel/Rock
Nosepass Rock
Graveler Rock/Ground
Noibat Flying/Dragon

You’ll also find a few Gem Family members in this section of the tunnel, selling moves in exchange for Gems.

Gem Family Move Shops
Rock Rock Blast 2 Rock GemsGurun Town section
Ground Drill Run 3 Ground GemsGurun Town section
Fairy Play Rough 3 Fairy GemsGurun Town section
Water Liquidation 3 Water GemsGurun Town section

Once you’ve finished exploring the Expressway, head back out.

Heading to Vivill Town

Your next destination is Vivill Town, which lies on the far side of Vivill Woods.

The entrance to the woods is on the north side of Gurun Town, at the top of a staircase — and that’s where we’re headed next.

Part 25

Vivill Woods & the Distortion World

Vivill Woods & the Distortion World
  1. Travel through Vivill Woods into Vivill Town
  2. Storm the Vivill Warehouse
  3. Track down the password and face Aklove
  4. Find a way out of the Distortion World

Vivill Woods

Points of Interest
Bug Catcher Kent
Medium Hope
Bug Catcher Robby
Fungus Pokemon
Bug Maniac Keigo
Bug Catcher Elijah
Exits and Passages
Gurun Town
Vivill Town
Items
Zygarde Cell
Big Root
Big Mushroom (hidden)
Sun Stone
TM81 X-Scissor
Tiny Mushroom (hidden)
Big Mushroom (hidden)
PP Up
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Wurmple Bug Day and Night
Silcoon Bug Day and Night
Cascoon Bug Day and Night
Scatterbug Bug Day and Night
Spewpa Bug Day and Night
Cottonee Grass/Fairy Day and Night
Swadloon Bug/Grass Day and Night
Petilil Grass Day and Night
Caterpie Bug Day
Metapod Bug Day
Weedle Bug Night
Kakuna Bug Night
Surfing
Golduck Water
Masquerain Bug/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Psyduck Water (Good Rod)
Barboach Water/Ground (Good Rod)
Golduck Water (Super Rod)
Whiscash Water/Ground (Super Rod)
Trainers
Bug Catcher Kent
Scatterbug Bug (Lv.41)
Wurmple Bug (Lv.41)
Medium Hope
Dusclops Ghost (Lv.42)
Palossand Ghost/Ground (Lv.42)
Bug Catcher Robby
Silcoon Bug (Lv.42)
Cascoon Bug (Lv.42)
Spewpa Bug (Lv.42)
Bug Maniac Keigo
Beautifly Bug/Flying (Lv.42)
Dustox Bug/Poison (Lv.42)
Vivillon Bug/Flying (Lv.43)
Bug Catcher Elijah
Butterfree Bug/Flying (Lv.43)

Vivill Woods is crawling with Bug Pokémon and the trainers who use them. You’ll need to pass through to reach Vivill Town and put a stop to the Light of Ruin.

Step inside and head east through the long grass.

You’ll likely run into Bug Catcher Kent along the way. Keep going until you reach a clearing.

Walk west and you’ll have to get past Medium Hope. Keep heading west until you spot a chance to go north through another patch of long grass.

There’s a Bug Catcher wandering around here.

Getting a New Pokémon

The way onward actually lies east, but something worth grabbing sits on the far side of the pond.

There’s a Poké Ball here — and it isn’t empty or holding an item. There’s a real Pokémon inside.

Which one you receive depends on your random Trainer ID: either a Foongus or a Morelull. Evolve whichever you get, and you’ll be able to trade it for the other one in Vivill Town.

Trainers and Enemies
Shadow Warriors A-E
Shadow Warrior Ghost/Dark (level scales)
Light of Ruin Grunt A
Granbull Fairy (Lv.45)
Light of Ruin Grunt B
Mawile Steel/Fairy (Lv.44)
Gardevoir Psychic/Fairy (Lv.45)
Light of Ruin Grunt C
Whimsicott Grass/Fairy (Lv.45)
Light of Ruin Grunt D
Floette Fairy (Lv.44)
Shiinotic Grass/Fairy (Lv.45)
Light of Ruin Grunt E
Floette Fairy (Lv.45)
Togetic Fairy/Flying (Lv.45)
Dedenne Electric/Fairy (Lv.45)
Light of Ruin Grunt F
Azumarill Water/Fairy (Lv.45)
Floette Fairy (Lv.46)
Klefki Steel/Fairy (Lv.45)
Comfey Fairy (Lv.44)

Leaving for Vivill Town

Once you have the Pokémon, retrace your steps and head east into the final clearing of Vivill Woods.

Bug Maniac Keigo is waiting to challenge you here, but once he’s beaten, the exit is right there.

Go through the exit to the north and you’ll finally arrive at your destination.

Vivill Town — Abandoned

The moment you step into Vivill Town, the rain and gloom close in — and nobody is around.

Nobody, that is, except your Rival, who is itching to get moving.

The townsfolk are all hiding in their houses or have fled, but the Pokémon Center still heals your team and the Mart still sells supplies.

When you’re ready to take on the Light of Ruin, walk north to the warehouse.

Together with your Rival, you confront the Light of Ruin guard at the door — and he sneers that just two people could never take down the Light of Ruin. You’ll need backup.

And backup arrives — in spectacular fashion.

The Shadows sail in on a boat and blow a hole in the side of the facility, catching the Light of Ruin completely off guard.

Your Rival seizes the moment and knocks the guard out, so you’re free to follow him inside the warehouse.

Vivill Warehouse

Fungus Pokémon
Foongus Grass/Poison Lv.35
Morelull Grass/Fairy Lv.35
Points of Interest
Teleporter to Command Center
Shadow Warrior B First Password Letter
Light of Ruin Grunt B
Light of Ruin Grunt C Second Password Letter
Shadow Warrior C Light of Ruin Grunt D Third Password Letter
Shadow Warrior D Fourth Password Letter
Shadow Warrior E Light of Ruin Grunt E Fifth Password Letter
Light of Ruin Grunt F
Exits and Passages
Exit to Vivill Warehouse 1F
B1F Lobby to B2F Flooded Lab
B1F Lobby to B2F Rest Room
B2F Rest Room to B2F Storage Access
B2F Storage Access to B3F Main Storage
B3F Main Storage to B2F Isolation Chamber
B1F Lobby to B1F Cafeteria
B1F Cafeteria to B2F Kitchen
B2F Kitchen to B1F Break Room
B1F Break Room to B1F Lobby
B2F Kitchen to B1F Small Storage
B1F Small Storage to B3F Vault
B1F Lobby to B2F Power Grid
B2F Power Grid to B2F Private Dining
B2F Private Dining to B1F Rear Hallway
B1F Rear Hallway to B1F Hidden Storage
Items
Fairy Gem (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Hyper Potion
Whip Dream
PP Up (hidden)
Sachet
Zygarde Cell
Max Revive
Gardevoirite
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Seadra Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water/Rock (Good Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Dhelmise Ghost/Grass (Super Rod)

The first thing you see inside is a Shadow Warrior tearing through a whole group of Light of Ruin Grunts.

Once it’s finished with them, it comes for you.

After you’ve beaten it, the way downstairs is clear. Watch out for the patches of fire left over from its fight with the Grunts — touch one and your Pokémon will be burned.

When you reach the staircase, the guard from outside makes one last stand.

He goes down easily enough, and you’re free to head into the lobby.

Your Rival has rushed ahead as usual, so you’ll have to find your own way to the leaders of the Light of Ruin.

From the staircase, head west.

Four teleporter pads sit here in a kind of junction. Your Rival went through one of them, and each pad leads to a different part of the base.

Ignore the pads for now and keep going west.

Walk down the stairs to the west and you’ll end up in a flooded chamber.

This was apparently the Research Lab, before the Shadows showed up. Now you’ll have to surf across it.

In the flooded lab’s southwest corner, a Strength boulder sits on a special green teleport pad.

Step onto it and you’ll find yourself in the Command Center.

But there’s a door the Shadows can’t get past — and you’ll need to track down the password to open it for them.

The password is six letters long, and the Shadows already know one of them, which leaves five letters for you to find.

Finding the Password

Head back up to the lobby on B1F to start the scavenger hunt.

Begin by stepping on the southwest teleport pad — it will carry you to another part of B2F, the Rest Room.

Here, a Shadow Warrior is attacking a Light of Ruin Grunt.

To sort things out, walk up to the Shadow Warrior and pull off its cloak — that’ll make it angry enough to attack you.

The Grunt is grateful to be rescued and gives you a letter of the password, plus he mentions you can rest here any time to heal your Pokémon.

There are two teleport pads in this room — you arrived on the bottom one, so step on the upper one to reach a new area.

It drops you into a hallway elsewhere on B2F.

Head northwest and you’ll spot another Light of Ruin Grunt — but this one isn’t friendly and will challenge you.

Once he’s defeated, head down the staircase to B3F, the storage level.

After you come down the stairs, go east and you’ll find a big pile of boxes.

Weave through them and you’ll spot another teleport pad — step on it and you’ll land in a small room back on B2F.

A Grunt here wants to fight — and after you beat him, he’ll hand over the second letter of the password.

With that done, make your way all the way back to the teleporter lobby.

Now step on the northwest pad and it will whisk you away to the Cafeteria.

The Light of Ruin and Shadow grunts are too busy fighting each other to pay you much attention, so walk north to the telepad in the northwest corner.

It takes you to the southwest pad in the Kitchen, where another Shadow Warrior is waiting.

The Light of Ruin Grunt it was menacing has the cheek to challenge you right after — but beat them and you’ll get the third letter. Progress is being made.

The northwest teleport pad leads to the Break Room, which connects back to the lobby’s northeast pad — a handy shortcut if you need to heal.

Take the southeast teleport pad in the Kitchen and it leads to another small storage room.

Take the other teleport pad here and you’ll land back on the storage level — in a section you couldn’t reach before.

A Shadow Warrior lunges at you the moment you arrive — defeat it.

The Light of Ruin Grunt here thanks you with the fourth letter of the password. Just one more to go.

Go back to the teleporter lobby — there’s only one pad left to take.

The southeast pad is the one you need — step on it and you’ll be in the Power Grid room.

Another Shadow Warrior and Light of Ruin Grunt pair is waiting here to be defeated.

But this is the last fight — this Grunt gives you the final letter of the password.

Once you’ve won, go back to the flooded lab, then on to the control center, and talk to the scientist.

Unlocking the Door

Your letters add up to AKLOV — and the letter the Shadows are holding is an E, which gives you “AKLOVE”.

Now the Shadows can storm into the control room and confront the leader of the Light of Ruin.

It’s Marlon’s wife, Ivory — she betrayed the Shadows and now serves as Aklove’s second-in-command.

There’s no time for reunion speeches, though: Aklove and Hoopa emerge from a portal right after.

The Shadows’ ship crashing into the base has destroyed Aklove’s research, and he’s furious about it.

Your Rival shows up and learns the painful truth: Marlon and Ivory are his parents. Aklove teleports Marlon, Zeph, and your Rival away to parts unknown, then turns on you.

Time to battle Aklove himself.

Light of Ruin Leader Battle (Aklove)
Roserade Grass/Poison (Lv.47)
Primarina Water/Fairy (Lv.47)
Hoopa Unbound Psychic/Dark (Lv.50)

Furious at being beaten, Aklove asks if you’re wondering where Jax is — then orders Hoopa to send you there.

The Distortion World

You land in the Distortion World, where Jax has been stuck all this time. He’s glad to see you, but he’s had no luck finding a way out.

To get out of here, you’ll have to follow paths through a strange, shifting landscape.

Note: this walkthrough assumes you’re playing on the simple puzzle difficulty. If you’re on the harder puzzle setting, look up a dedicated step-by-step solution for the harder puzzles.

Follow the path along to find Jax.

Step onto the middle of the platform Jax is standing on and you’ll be teleported to a matching platform, with a chain of small islands running east.

From there, when you reach another large island, go south and then west onto another chain of small islands.

You’ll need to hop onto an upside-down platform to keep going.

Follow the path west, then turn south, and you’ll run into Jax again.

Jax leaves you to explore on your own after this point, but you’ll meet up with him later.

From Jax, head east, following the platform as it bends north.

Keep going north until you step on a button — more platforms will appear to the east.

Jump to the small island to the east and cross over to the upside-down platform.

Go to the east side of the upside-down platform, then jump onto the easternmost of the two matching finger-shaped platforms to the south — the one without a button.

From there, go east until you step on a button that makes another small three-button platform appear. Cross it to the east side.

Follow the winding platforms east until you’re offered a choice between two buttons.

Take the southernmost one.

It reveals a platform to the east, with a Strength boulder on the far side. Don’t head toward it — a rock blocks the way.

Head south across a chain of small islands instead.

That leads to another large platform covered in boulders — and a boulder puzzle.

Distortion World – Boulder Puzzle

The two boulders here are linked and will slide in the same direction — unless you push them toward each other.

Step 1: Push the boulder west until only one space separates it from the other boulder.

Step 2: Circle around to the other side and start pushing the left boulder east.

Step 3: Keep pushing the boulders east until the right one lines up directly below the button.

Step 4: Circle around to the bottom side of the left boulder.

Step 5: Push this boulder north — the right boulder slides along with it, landing right on the button.

Continuing the Path

With the boulders in position, go to the northwest end of this island.

Step on the button there and a path opens to the west.

When you reach a long, thin island, follow it south and step on the button at its southern tip.

Keep going until you spot a platform on the left with five rocks on it.

Reach the button on the north edge and make the jump west onto the rock platform.

The button in the middle of the rocks will teleport you to a matching platform in a different area.

Jump across to the east and you’ll see a pond you can surf on.

Surf across the pond and it leads along a path to a cluster of small islands.

Cross the small islands and you’ll find a second pond to surf on.

Surf south and you’ll sail over a waterfall into the void!

Keep following the waterfall until you reach a third and final pond.

From here, keep going south until you spot the boulder from before — and this time you can push it south.

Keep pushing it until it passes another path, and Jax will pop out.

Jax confirms you’re in the right area — after he’s finished talking, head east and south.

There’s one last platform to step on — do it and press the button in the middle.

The platform starts moving, and you’ll hear the cry of a Legendary Pokémon.

Giratina Battle

The Distortion World is Giratina’s home, and it’s here to test your worth.

Giratina
Giratina Ghost/Dragon (level scales)

Once you’ve beaten it, Giratina opens a portal back to your dimension. Leap through and you’ll land in Rift Cave.

Rift Cave

Rift Cave is in Dehara City, so it’s easy to fly back to Vivill Town from there.

Jax rushes off, leaving you to exit the cave and make your own way there.

Part 26

Vivill Town

Vivill Town
  • Visit Vivill Town and explore
  • Venture onto Route 15
  • Complete the Fighting Island Challenge
  • Traverse Route 16 and get the Devon Scope
  • Acquire HM08 Rock Climb from some workers
  • Enter the Antisis City Gate

Vivill Town

Points of Interest
Pure Incense Lass
Pokemon Center
Poke Mart and Stat Keeper
Trade House
Seed Bomb Teacher
Vivill Warehouse
Jax and Arthur
Exits and Passages
Vivill Woods
Route 15
Items
Zygarde Cell
Shiny Stone (inside Vivill Warehouse B5F)
Power Lens (inside Vivill Warehouse B5F)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Basculin Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Good Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Cloyster Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)

With the Light of Ruin gone from the area, Vivill Town’s residents have returned and the whole town is yours to explore.

Just east of the town entrance there’s a fenced-off patch of flowers — talk to the woman standing inside it and she’ll hand you a Pure Incense.

Next, stop by the Pokémon Center nearby — someone inside has a mission waiting for you.

Next In-Game Trade

A trainer-collector mission: he keeps a record of every in-game trade you make. Stick with this guide and only two are left on your checklist — one in a region still out of reach, the other right here in Vivill Town.

Trade with every trade NPC and report back to him, and he’ll reward you with 10 Link Stones — fitting, since Link Stones evolve Pokémon that would normally only evolve by being traded.

The trade here in Vivill Town happens in a small house just by the town entrance.

Back in Vivill Woods you could pick up a Pokéball holding either Foongus or Morelull. Evolve yours, and Shroomu will hand over the fully evolved form of whichever one you didn’t find.

Pokémon Trade
Shroomu offers:
Amoonguss Grass/PoisonorShiinotic Grass/Poison
You offer:
Shiinotic Grass/Poison evolves from MorelullorAmoonguss Grass/Poison evolves from Foonguss

The Move Trainer

Walk up to the town’s northeast corner, where two homes sit with their backs facing the water. Enter the one sitting furthest to the northeast.

The man inside is a Move Trainer — he’ll teach one of your Pokémon Seed Bomb for 2 Green Shards.

Continuing the Story

Head back to the Vivill Warehouse, where Jax and Arthur are waiting for you.

Talking to them reveals that Aklove’s ultimate weapon — the one he plans to destroy Borrius with — has been moved to Crystal Peak.

The Peak sits in East Borrius — a region only ships sailing out of Seaport City can reach.

Jax suggests beating the Antisis City Gym first, so that’s your next destination.

Before that, though, there’s a sea route worth exploring just west of Vivill Town — Route 15. It’s well worth your time now.

Route 15

Points of Interest
Swimmer Sandra
Fisherman Dirk
Exits and Passages
Vivill Town
Route 2
Items
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Basculin Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Good Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Cloyster Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Trainers
Swimmer Sandra
Pyukumuku Water (Lv.47)
Octillery Water (Lv.46)
Fisherman Dirk
Cloyster Water/Ice (Lv.41)
Wailord Water (Lv.40)

A big storm was raging here, but the moment you cleared out Vivill Warehouse’s unwanted occupants, it moved on.

Surf west through the channel until you spot an island with a swimmer and a fisherman on it.

Beat both of them, then head west into Route 2 to tie up some loose ends.

Fighting Island Challenge

Check the northwest corner of the route for a rocky isle. Hiker Franklin camps there, and a pair of Fighting-type trainers are itching for a match.

Hiker Franklin
Crustle Bug/Rock (Lv.41)
Klang Steel (Lv.40)

Vivian and Mathis won’t battle until every remaining trainer across Routes 2 and 15 has been beaten.

Mega Trainers Vivian and Mathis
Hitmonlee Fighting (Lv.41)
Hawlucha Fighting/Flying (Lv.41)
Lopunny (Mega) Normal/Fighting (Lv.42)
Lopunny (Mega) Normal/Fighting (Lv.42)

Since you had to take down their two Mega Lopunny, it’s only fitting that they hand you the Lopunnite as your reward.

With everything here done, fly to Gurun Town and walk south to reach Route 16.

Route 16

Points of Interest
“Invisible Wall”
Aroma Lady Miah
Beauty Olivia
Psychic Tyron
Bird Keeper Jacob
Fisherman Andrew
Swimmer Shirly
Swimmer Dean
Sailor Trevor
Kecleon Encounter
Picnicker Sofia
Roughneck Silvester
Roughneck Fletcher (from Antisis City East Gate)
Exits and Passages
Gurun Town
Requires HM Rock Climb
Requires HM Rock Climb
Route 17
Requires Advanced Digging and Diving Machine
(west) Antisis City West Gate
(east) Antisis City East Gate
Items
Zygarde Cell
Rare Candy (hidden)
Big Pearl
Dive Ball
Hyper Potion
Max Potion (hidden)
Max Repel (from Antisis City East Gate)
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Tangela Grass Day and Night
Girafarig Normal/Psychic Day and Night
Pancham Fighting Day and Night
Pawniard Dark/Steel Day and Night
Chatot Normal/Flying Day and Night
Throh Fighting Day and Night
Sawk Fighting Day and Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantyke Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Good Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Super Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Underwater
Clamperl Water
Remoraid Water
Octillery Water
Corsola Water/Rock
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Rock Smash
Binacle Rock/Water
Geodude Rock/Ground
Corsola Water/Rock
Krabby Water
Kingler Water
Trainers
Aroma Lady Miah
Tangela Grass (Lv.47)
Lilligant Grass (Lv.48)
Beauty Olivia
Flareon Fire (Lv.48)
Swadloon Bug/Grass (Lv.47)
Psychic Tyron
Girafarig Normal/Psychic (Lv.47)
Slowbro Water/Psychic (Lv.48)
Bird Keeper Jacob
Chatot Normal/Flying (Lv.46)
Dodrio Normal/Flying (Lv.48)
Pelipper Water/Flying (Lv.48)
Staravia Normal/Flying (Lv.47)
Fisherman Andrew
Corsola Water/Rock (Lv.47)
Toxapex Poison/Water (Lv.48)
Swimmer Shirly
Poliwhirl Water (Lv.47)
Mantyke Water/Flying (Lv.47)
Horsea Water (Lv.46)
Swimmer Dean
Gyarados Water/Flying (Lv.48)
Sailor Trever
Seismitoad Water/Ground (Lv.48)
Pancham Fighting (Lv.47)
Picnicker Sofia
Paras Bug/Grass (Lv.46)
Surskit Bug/Water (Lv.46)
Petilil Grass (Lv.46)
Roughneck Silvester
Pawniard Dark/Steel (Lv.48)
Sawk Fighting (Lv.48)
Roughneck Fletcher
Pangoro Fighting/Dark (Lv.49)

Route 16’s northern end stops you dead in your tracks.

Something is wedged between a rock and a hard place, stopping you from going any further.

The Devon Scope

You can’t see what’s blocking you — it’s invisible.

A stranger walks up behind you, seemingly already aware of the problem, and hands over a gadget that can help.

The Devon Scope reveals invisible Pokémon, and that’s precisely what it does here.

The blockage turns out to be a camouflaged Kecleon, which dashes off the moment it’s exposed.

The stranger who helped you moves on, but you’ll run into him again later.

Push on southward to meet the route’s first battle: Aroma Lady Miah.

Head further south down a couple of staircases, passing Bird Keeper Jacob on the way.

Continue until you reach the end of the small gully, some long grass, and a staircase heading west back up onto the ridges. Follow it to a bridge and cross over.

You’ll reach a plateau with some wild grass and a southwest staircase leading down to river level.

Seaport City lies to the east, so take some time to look around the route while you’re here.

Rock Climb HM

The bad news: the bridge here is out.

Talk to one of the Workers nearby and he’ll offer something that can help.

The only way through Route 17 to Seaport City is with Rock Climb — but you can’t use it yet. You’ll need the Ring Badge from Antisis City first.

Fortunately, that’s where you were headed anyway.

Once you’ve got the HM, head back to the crossroads.

Heading To Antisis City

Walk down the staircase until you reach a spot where you can hop into the river inlet and start Surfing.

You’ll see a sand island with a Fisherman on it — battle him or skip him, your call. Keep surfing south either way.

A swimmer floats by as you go, and ahead there’s a broad stretch of dark water occupying the route’s center. It’s a Dive spot, but you’ll need the Advanced Diving and Digging Machine to investigate it.

To the southeast, Swimmer Dean patrols the waters, and a larger sand island waits further south beyond him.

Pass Sailor Trevor and you’ll start seeing grassy cliffs.

The cliffs split your options here: climb the western face or the eastern one.

Take the east side first and you’ll run into Picnicker Sofia.

Just east of her, squeezed between some trees and the cliff edge, there’s a spot you can’t get past — just like at the start of the route. Use the Devon Scope and the Kecleon will show itself!

You’re free to catch it if you like.

Pokémon Encounter
Kecleon Normal (Lv.45) catchable

After the battle, head west and walk south along that path.

There’s a one-way jump coming up, so make sure you’ve wrapped up everything else on this route before you continue.

Roughneck Silvester gives you a preview of the kind of welcome Antisis City has in store.

Once he’s beaten, all that’s left is to head south into the city gate.

One last caution from the gate guard before you enter: every rumor about Antisis City is bad news, so steel yourself for whatever’s waiting.

Part 27

Antisis City & Antisis Port

Antisis City & Antisis Port
  • Enter Antisis City
  • Survive the Mean Streets and visit the Black Emboar HQ
  • Assist a Smuggling Operation
  • Defend Black Emboar Turf
  • Take Down a Mad Scientist via Supply and Demand

Antisis City

Points of Interest
Pokémon Center
Science Society House
Black Emboar Goon
Poke Mart
Black Emboar HQ
Antisis Storage
Black Ferrothorn Goon
Eerie House
Black Ferrothorn HQ
Antisis Gym
Former Terror Granbull House
Exits and Passages
(west) KBT Expressway
(northwest) Antisis West Gate, Route 16
(northeast) Antisis East Gate, Route 16
Thundercap Mountain, Antisis Side
Antisis Port
Items
Zygarde Cell
PP Up
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantyke Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Trainers
Roughneck Corey
Weezing Poison (Lv.49)
Black Ferrothorn Goon
Ferroseed Grass/Steel (Lv.49)

Earning the Antisis Gym badge means entering Antisis City first — and by every account, it’s a rough and dangerous place.

From the gate, walk south.

Walk down the street past one intersection; the Pokémon Center will be on your right at the second one — head over.

Two kinds of goons roam the streets of Antisis City.

The ones in green are members of the Black Ferrorthorn — the same gang you saw hassling Mirskle back at the Dresco Gym.

The red-clad ones are a familiar crew — James’s gang, the former Black Emboar you defeated in Crater Town. They’ve taken the name “Black [YOUR NAME]” since then, but for clarity this guide will keep calling them the Black Emboar.

A Black Emboar goon on a bike waits right outside the Pokémon Center. He fails to recognize you and picks a fight.

Beat him and he’ll be thoroughly humbled.

There’s no Nurse at the Pokémon Center, which means no free healing.

You’ll have to pay P500 every time you want your Pokémon healed in Antisis.

Beside the Center stands a Science Society member’s home — and its owner is clearly scheming.

She’s selling ‘enhancers’ to gang thugs, but she won’t sell any to you. You’ll be seeing her again later.

Down at water level in the town’s northwest corner sits an Expressway entrance, sealed off from the network because of how dangerous Antisis is.

There is one member of the Gem Family here who could come in handy, though.

Gem Family Move Shops
Fighting Aura Sphere 3 Fighting GemsAntisis City section

Speak to the Black Ferrothorn goon posted on the bridge and he’ll start a battle. Move south past him and you’ll find a house along the west side of the city island.

Inside the house is a very strange person with a very strange request.

Show him a Pokémon that knows Eerie Impulse and he’ll give you TM107 Acrobatics.

Your Blizzard City trade, Electrode, picks up Eerie Impulse while leveling — Voltorb and Lanturn learn it as well.

Just east of here, a Black Ferrothorn goon guards a doorway: the Ferrothorn headquarters, still off-limits for now.

The Gym is near here as well, but you’re not ready to take it on just yet.

The town’s southeast corner holds two things: a small house and the way into Antisis Port. The Port can wait — step inside the house first.

A retired Terror Granbull lives here with his mother. He hands you a Max Potion as a gift, hoping you’ll leave him in peace.

A big building beside the Poke Mart has a notice tacked to its front door: this is the Black Emboar’s Antisis base.

James invited you to drop by whenever you’re in Antisis, so go on in.

Black Emboar HQ

James greets you warmly as you enter and brings you into the fold. The gang is having a rough time settling into the city; bringing down the Black Ferrothorns is the goal, but they’re not ready yet.

Talk to the various gang members and take on their missions, and the Emboar’s standing will start to improve.

The first mission available is a pretty gross one — the gang member parked in front of the ground-floor television has lost his socks down in the sewers.

You’ll be heading to the sewers later, so you can put this one aside for now.

The other mission-giving gang member on this floor is looking for someone to help smuggle goods through Antisis Port — pretty much the only corner of town where law and order still applies.

The meetup has to happen after 8PM in-game — no waiting around for the real-world clock, though.

Just change your system clock accordingly — an old trick, but a reliable one.

Antisis Port

Points of Interest
Officer McGuinty
Officer Holt
Officer Peralta
Black Emboar Goon Location
Exits and Passages
Antisis City
Items
Throat Spray (gate opens 6pm)
Max Potion (gate opens 9am)
Galladite (hidden) (gate opens 12pm)
Assault Vest (gate opens 12pm)
Trainers (only at night)
Officer McGuinty
Noctowl Water (Lv.49)
Stoutland Normal (Lv.50)
Machoke Fighting (Lv.49)
Officer Holt
Arcanine Fire (Lv.50)
Officer Peralta
Mienshao Fighting (Lv.50)
Lucario Fighting/Steel (Lv.50)
Magneton Electric/Steel (Lv.49)

The gatehouse asks for ID as you pass through — thankfully you’ve got it. Guards crowd the port, eager for any excuse to make an arrest.

During the day, the three guards will leave you alone.

At night, though, they’ll challenge you to battle.

Collecting the crate-area items takes some timing, since every boom gate and barrier runs on its own schedule.

Your contact is waiting out on the northeast pier.

Apparently you’re waiting on some ‘Rose Incense’ — though that doesn’t exactly sound illegal.

After a short wait, a ship pulls in, bringing a familiar face with it.

Mirskle, the Dresco Gym leader and mysterious fog enthusiast, hands you the shipment and quickly sails off.

Unfortunately, some Black Ferrothorn members catch you in the act and want to turn you in to score points with the guards.

Port Battle
Black Ferrothorn Goon A
Ferroseed Grass/Steel (Lv.41)
Black Ferrothorn Goon B
Escavalier Bug/Steel (Lv.49)

While you were occupied battling the goons, your contact went and tipped off the guard, getting them arrested instead — a tidy end to things.

The package — illegal Oddish Leaves, as it happens — was hidden by your contact on the crate area’s western edge, facing the lighthouse.

Pick up the package and try heading through the gatehouse.

The guard sniffs something odd and grows wary, but waves you through in the end.

Return to the gang HQ and your contact pays you in Dream Mist, adding that Mirskle back in Dresco Town will brew you more in exchange for any Oddish you’ve caught.

Further Missions

A Minor Scrap

Go upstairs and talk to the first goon you meet — he has a mission for you involving a pair of Ferrothorn thugs on the eastern bridge.

There’s no need to find the bridge yourself — he’ll take you there.

The fight starts as one goon, then turns into a Double Battle when the second goon jumps in after the first one loses.

They also dose their Pokémon with the mysterious enhancers the scientist makes.

Turf War Battle
Black Ferrothorn Rory
Weezing Poison (Lv.48)
Muk Poison (Lv.49)
Ferroseed Grass/Steel (Lv.47)
Krokorok Ground/Dark (Lv.49)
Black Ferrothorn Rory and Black Ferrorthorn Chad
Weezing Poison (Lv.48)
Muk Poison (Lv.49)
Ferrothorn Grass/Steel (Lv.47)
Krookodile Ground/Dark (Lv.49)

You’ll get the Power Bracer as a thank-you for clearing out those thugs.

Go to the room full of beds to pick up the next mission.

Supply and Demand

His request: choke off the enhancer supply feeding the Ferrothorns, starting with the scientist living beside the Pokémon Center.

The Scientist’s House

Head over there and go inside.

The scientist isn’t unguarded — an advanced exploding-Electrode security system protects her home.

One wrong step and you’ll be knocked out and have to start over.

Here’s the exact puzzle solution:

Step on the floor tiles in this exact order:

  1. Two steps west
  2. One step north
  3. One step west
  4. Two steps north
  5. One step east
  6. One step north
  7. Five steps east
  8. Three steps south
  9. One step west

Talk to the scientist and she’ll be baffled that you made it to her at all.

But she has more exploding Electrode ready for you — this time in a battle.

Science Society Scientist
Electrode Fighting (Lv.49)
Electrode Fighting (Lv.49)
Electrode Fighting (Lv.49)

Poetic justice strikes when one of her own traps takes her down.

Collect the enhancers from the windowsill, give them to the goon, and he’ll accompany you back to HQ.

Make sure you have an empty slot in your party, then talk to him.

The scientist was manufacturing the enhancers out of Pokémon — and one of their Eggs got left behind.

That Egg is yours now, and a baby Alolan Grimer will hatch from it for your team.

Egg Pokémon
Alolan Grimer Poison/Dark (Lv.1)

The Next Mission

There’s just one Black Emboar mission left to finish — the socks mission.

The sewer entrance sits right in the back of their HQ, conveniently enough — that’s your next stop.

Part 28

Antisis Sewers & Ferrothorn Turf

Antisis Sewers & Ferrothorn Turf

The Black Emboar has one last job for you, and it takes you somewhere unpleasant: deep into the Antisis Sewers. After that, things escalate into a full gang war inside the Black Ferrothorn headquarters.

  • Enter the Antisis Sewers
  • Recover the Grimy Socks
  • Invade the Black Ferrothorn HQ & solve the puzzles
  • Defeat the Black Ferrothorn Boss

Antisis Sewers

Points of Interest
Scientist Rodney
Grimy Socks (hidden)
Worker Dusty
Science Society Scientist Carolina
Sewer Science Lab
Worker Quinn
Super Nerd Erik
Worker Ramon
Exits and Passages
Black Emboar HQ
Sewer Pipe A
Sewer Pipe B
Requires HM Waterfall
Antisis City
Items
Poison Gem (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Nugget (hidden)
HP Up (in Science Lab)
Zygarde Cell (in Science Lab)
Zygarde Cell
Max Repel
X Sp. Atk
TM67 Recycle
Wild Pokémon
Sewer
Grimer Poison
Muk Poison
Koffing Poison
Weezing Poison
Raticate Normal
Golbat Poison/Flying
Surfing
Grimer Poison
Muk Poison
Golbat Poison/Flying
Fishing
Grimer Poison (Old Rod)
Grimer Poison (Good Rod)
Muk Poison (Super Rod)
Trainers
Scientist Rodney
Muk Poison (Lv.49)
Worker Dusty
Klang Steel (Lv.48)
Eelektross Electric (Lv.49)
Scientist Carolina
Whirlipede Bug/Poison (Lv.48)
Magneton Electric/Steel (Lv.49)
Amoonguss Grass/Poison (Lv.49)
Worker Quinn
Excadrill Ground/Steel (Lv.48)
Electivire Electric (Lv.49)
Bronzong Steel/Psychic (Lv.48)
Super Nerd Erik
Garbodor Poison (Lv.49)
Jolteon Electric (Lv.48)
Muk Poison (Lv.49)
Worker Ramon
Throh Fighting (Lv.49)

The Final Mission

Time to wrap up the third and final job the Black Emboar asked of you — and it means heading down into the Antisis Sewers. Take the stairs down inside the Black Emboar HQ and you’ll emerge in the sewer tunnels.

The tunnels and walkways are a maze. Start by heading west from the stairs until you reach a bridge over a sewer canal — cross it, then continue southwest until you spot an opening in the wall. Scientist Rodney will stop you for a battle. Once he’s beaten, head north, then double back southwest to the far southwest corner of the platform.

A heads-up: the staircases down to the water level are easy to walk right past, and the sewer grates are tricky — when a grate runs perpendicular to you, you can’t tell whether it’s open or closed. (It isn’t walkable, so don’t try.) Take the stairs down to the water level at the platform’s southwest corner, then slip through the small opening to the south.

You’ll need a Pokémon that can use Flash. Like HMs in Unbound, nobody has to actually know the move — they just need the capability. You should have picked up Flash from the Battle Girl in the Crater Town Poké Mart. Crawl through the pipe to reach the southern sewers.

Climb the stairs and make for the northeast part of the walkway, where you can drop into the water and surf east. Keep surfing east along the channel until the path opens southward. Every other direction will be walled off — take the one opening, then surf west until you reach a brick platform.

Climb onto the platform and walk west toward the far wall. The Grimy Socks are tucked into the very corner of the hallway — sweep with the Dowsing Machine if you’re having trouble spotting them. Socks in hand, retrace your route through the channels and pipe back to the northern sewers.

Back north, leave the sewer path and follow the bottom of the empty channel east. Skip the stairs to the southeast and keep going until the channel turns north — follow it up to a platform where a Scientist is pacing around. Scientist Carolina will battle you. Beat her, then step through the doorway to meet another Scientist inside.

The Scientist in the lab hands out a free random item every day, with the quality depending on how her experiment went.

Returning the Grimy Socks

Done with the sewers? Head back up to the HQ and return the Grimy Socks to their owner — you’ll get a Black Sludge as a thank-you.

The Battle of Antisis

With all three jobs finished, James decides it’s time to wipe out the Black Ferrothorn for good. His plan: punch through into their headquarters from the sewers below. James and the whole crew head for the sewers — follow them.

Crawl through the pipe to the south section again, then work southwest along the walkway until you reach the platform. Keep to the platform’s edge and you’ll spot James and his crew to the southeast. James blows a hole in the floor of the Ferrothorn HQ, and the invasion is on. Once his goons are through, follow them in — you’ll come out in Ferrothorn Turf.

Ferrothorn Turf

Points of Interest
2F Electrode Floor Puzzle
Black Ferrothorn Goon A
3F Sequence Puzzle
Black Ferrothorn Goon B
4F Electrode Floor Puzzle
4F Sequence Puzzle
5F Sequence Puzzle
Storage Porygon
Healing Chansey
Black Ferrothorn Boss Barbs
Exits and Gates
Antisis Sewers
3F Sequence Puzzle Gate
4F Sequence Puzzle Gate
5F Sequence Puzzle Gate
Items
Rare Candy
Poke Doll (hidden)
Full Restore
Max Potion (hidden)
Max Elixir
Trainers
Black Ferrothorn Goon A
Ferroseed Grass/Steel (Lv.47)
Throh Fighting (Lv.48)
Mawile Steel/Fairy (Lv.49)
Klang Steel (Lv.48)
Black Ferrothorn Goon B
Lairon Steel/Rock (Lv.49)
Pawniard Dark/Steel (Lv.48)
Ferroseed Grass/Steel (Lv.47)

You surface on 1F to total chaos — goons brawling with goons. Nobody pays you any attention, so slip up the northeast staircase to 2F.

2F Electrode Floor Puzzle

Looks like the Scientist shared her Electrode traps with the Black Ferrothorn — the floor here is crawling with them. Here’s the safe route; one wrong step and you’re thrown back to the start:

  1. From the staircase landing, walk west two steps to the crate.
  2. Walk south two steps to the wall.
  3. Walk east three steps to the crate.
  4. Wait at the crate for the biker to turn his back, then quickly walk north one step, west four steps, south six steps and west one step into the little alcove by the potted plants on the left side of the hallway — before he turns around.
  5. Wait until the biker turns north, then leave the alcove and walk south one step and east four steps to the crate, out of sight.
  6. Walk south one step.
  7. Walk east two steps.
  8. Walk north one step.
  9. Go east three steps to the staircase.

Take the staircase up to 3F. A goon on the left will challenge you — beat him, then head north. Three towers with lights cycling through colors in sequence stand ahead. Press their buttons in the right order to open the gate to 4F.

3F Sequence Puzzle

The correct tower order is:

  • North
  • East
  • North
  • West
  • East

Gate open — up to 4F. Another goon to beat here, plus two more puzzles. The first is in the southwest corner: a short Electrode floor guarding an item.

4F Electrode Floor Puzzle

  • Stand on a tile on the southern most row, five steps away from the crate in the corner.
  • Walk two steps west .
  • Walk two steps north to the wall.
  • Walk three steps west to the potted plant.
  • Walk one step down .

You’ll grab a Full Restore — save it for the fights ahead.

4F Sequence Puzzle

The southeast corner holds another sequence puzzle. The tower order:

  • Southwest
  • Southeast
  • Northwest
  • Southeast
  • Southwest
  • Northwest
  • Northeast

That opens the gate to the northeast staircase. One more sequence puzzle up there — five towers this time, with a goon in the middle. On the easiest difficulty he leaves you alone; otherwise he’ll jump you halfway through the puzzle.

5F Sequence Puzzle

The correct order for these towers:

  • West
  • Southeast
  • Southwest
  • Southeast
  • East
  • West
  • Southwest
  • North

That’s the last staircase in the building — it leads straight to the top floor and the boss room.

Black Ferrothorn Boss Battle

You reach the boss, only to learn the Black Emboar are outnumbered — you’ll have to fight your way out of this one.

Boss Battle (Black Ferrothorn Boss Barbs)
Alolan Muk Poison/Dark (Lv.50)
Honchkrow Dark/Flying (Lv.49)
Ferrothorn Grass/Steel (Lv.51)
Heracross (Mega) Bug/Fighting (Lv.51)

The team covers a lot of types, so bring more than one heavy hitter — something like Camerupt handles this fight well.

After You Win

Boss beaten, but the Black Ferrothorn are still stronger than the Black Emboar — James has to skip town fast. Before he goes, he leaves you a parting gift outside: a Heracronite.

Gang war over, city business finished — now it’s finally time to take on the Antisis Gym and earn the ability to use Rock Climb.

Part 29

Antisis Gym & Icy Hole

Antisis Gym & Icy Hole

Time for the Antisis Gym — a short but tricky one thanks to Big Mo’s unusual rules. Win the Ring Badge and you’ll earn the ability to use Rock Climb, which opens up the lower depths of Icicle Cave and a brand-new cavern: Icy Hole.

  • Enter the Antisis Gym
  • Take the Ring Challenge and defeat the Antisis Gym Leader
  • Obtain Rock Climb permission
  • Explore lower Icicle Cave
  • Discover Icy Hole

Antisis Gym – Ring Badge

Ring Challenge
Roughneck Riff
Sawk Fighting (Lv.50)
Black Belt Hakawakawak
Poliwrath Water/Fighting (Lv.50)
Roughneck Griff
Emboar Fire/Fighting (Lv.50)

The Antisis Gym is short, but don’t let that fool you — it’s a tough one. That’s because Big Mo, the Gym Leader, has laid down rules that seem designed to make your life miserable.

Before you can face Big Mo himself, you’ll have to clear the Ring Challenge, and the rules are strict:

  • You can only have one Pokémon , and you must fight three trainers with one Pokémon each in a row (this is what the Pokémon Storage Porygon in the setup area is for).
  • You must not use Flying- , Psychic- , or Fairy-type moves. Yes, that means every type that is super-effective against Fighting-types is disallowed.
  • You can use a full team of Pokémon against Big Mo, but type restrictions may apply .

The goon at the start of the challenge will walk you through the rules in detail if you’re unsure. Your best bet: bring a Pokémon that isn’t weak to Fighting-type moves and hits hard with neutral coverage.

After the Ring Challenge, you’ll be shown to a far door in the chamber. Step through it and you’ll come out in a back alley — where you’ll discover that the man who gave you the Devon Scope on Route 16 was Big Mo all along. Now it’s time to challenge him for the Ring Badge.

Gym Leader Big Mo

Gym Leader Big Mo
Mienshao Fighting (Lv.51)
Pangoro Fighting/Dark (Lv.51)
Hariyama Fighting (Lv.52)
Lucario (Mega) Electric (Lv.52)

After You Win

Big Mo takes defeat gracefully — he hands over TM60 Drain Punch along with the Badge that lets you use Rock Climb. Now that you can climb to your heart’s content, it’s time to revisit a couple of places that were out of reach before.

Fly to Bellin Town and head north to the entrance of Icicle Cave. You haven’t seen its lower depths yet — and with Rock Climb, now you can.

Return to Icicle Cave

Points of Interest
Skier Charlie
Skiers Club Battles
Cave Balcony Access
Boulder Hole
Boulder Landing
Exits and Passages
Ladder Up to Icicle Cave 2F Central Pond
Ladder Up to Icicle Cave 2F West Pond
Ladder Down to B1F Ice Floor
Ladder Up to 1F Ice Floor
Items
1F
Ice Stone (hidden)
Full Restore
Calcium
Dusk Ball
Moon Stone
Wise Glasses
Blue Shard (hidden)
Rose Incense (on balcony outside)
B1F
Escape Rope
TM69 Rock Polish
PP Up
Elixir
Big Pearl (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Golbat Poison/Flying
Hariyama Fighting
Sealeo Ice/Water
Jynx Ice/Psychic
Avalugg Ice
Boldore Rock
Piloswine Ice/Ground
Trainers
Skier Charlie
Delibird Ice/Flying (Lv.50)
Aerodactyl Rock/Flying (Lv.51)
Noivern Flying/Dragon (Lv.49)

Icicle Cave – 1F

To reach the new section of the first floor, head to the north part of 2F. You’ll spot a Rock Climb wall leading down to a lake in the middle of the cavern — cross it with Surf. There’s a ladder on the far side of the lake; take it down into the new chamber.

The lower levels of Icicle Cave are packed with ice sliding puzzles. There are two on 1F — the tricky northern one and the simple southern one. Start with the northern one.

First Puzzle

Here’s the solution. There are plenty of items to grab in this puzzle, plus an optional trainer to fight. You can skip it if you want, but it’s worth doing for the rewards. If you just want the fastest route to the big prize:

  • North (from the left tile)
  • East
  • North
  • East
  • North
  • West (pick up the item)
  • South
  • West
  • South
  • East
  • North
  • East
  • South
  • West
  • South
  • West
  • North
  • West
  • North
  • East
  • South

Follow that and you’ll end up on an icy outcrop full of ladies in pink — the Skiers Club, Icicle Cave’s route master challenge. First you’ll have to beat Skiers Anna and Ruby in a Double Battle; once they fall, Club President Lily steps up herself.

Skiers Club Battles
Skiers Anna and Ruby
Sealeo Ice/Water (Lv.51)
Avalugg Ice (Lv.51)
Alolan Vulpix Ice (Lv.49)
Aurorus Rock/Ice (Lv.51)
Froslass Ice/Ghost (Lv.51)
Mega Trainer Lily
Abomasnow Grass/Ice (Lv.49)
Alolan Ninetales Ice/Fairy (Lv.51)
Glalie (Mega) Ice (Lv.52)

Turn down their membership offer and you’ll receive a Glalitite as your reward. When you’re done with this part of the chamber, head back to the ladder where you started.

Second Puzzle

The southern puzzle barely qualifies as a puzzle — it’s straightforward. But if you get stuck:

  • South (from the easternmost tile)
  • East
  • North
  • East

You’ll land on an outcrop with a Strength boulder on it. Shove the boulder out of the way and smash the rocks ahead of you to clear a path. Then push the Strength boulder north — not all the way to the edge, leave one tile of space — so you can push it south into the hole. Jump in after it and you’ll land on B1F.

Icicle Cave – B1F

Dropping the boulder opens up this lower level, where a TM and a couple of other items are waiting. From your starting position:

  • South
  • West
  • South
  • West
  • North
  • East
  • North
  • East

The TM ball will be within reach — and it’s one of the strongest moves in the game: TM14 Blizzard. Grab any other items you want from the area, or when you’re ready to move on, take the exit ladder to the west. You’ll pop up in a different part of 2F than the one you crossed with Surf.

Leaving the Cave

Leave Icicle Cave when you’re ready — an Escape Rope is the fastest way out — and head back to Bellin Town. South of town is a rocky wall you can climb down, opening up a whole new cavern system: Icy Hole.

Icy Hole

Points of Interest
Clown Push
Raid Den
Regigigas Statue
Exits and Gates
(west) Bellin Town
(east) Bellin Town
Ladder Down to Lower Icy Hole
Ladder Up to Upper Icy Hole
Items
Ice Stone
Zygarde Cell
Bright Powder (hidden)

The first floor of Icy Hole is simple — head northeast to an icy floor, where you’ll spot a Clown. Slide across the ice and make sure you’re standing just north of him when you talk to him.

Helping the Clown

This Clown is stuck on the ice and needs a shove to get moving. Here’s how:

  • Push the Clown down
  • Slide left to the wall
  • Slide down to the corner
  • Slide east to the clown and push

With that sorted, the grateful Clown hands you TM07 Hail. The exit to the south just loops back to Bellin Town as a shortcut — head north instead, surfing across a small pond until you reach a ladder.

Exploring B1F

The ladder leads down to the basement, and there are a couple of things worth your time down here: a Raid Den, and what appears to be the legendary titan Regigigas. It’s only a statue — for now. Note where it is; that inscription may matter later.

Rock Climb Backtracking (Optional)

With Icicle Cave and Icy Hole explored, Rock Climb opens up plenty of previously unreachable spots scattered across Borrius. They’re optional, but some hold genuinely rare items:

Rock Climb Backtracking Locations
Route 3
LeftoversNortheast, above the beach
Cinder Volcano 3F East
Power Herb (hidden)On the southern bank of the west lake
TM38 Fire BlastOn the extra section of West 3F accessible from a ladder in East 4F
Cinder Volcano Depths B1F
Red FluteAbove northwest chamber entrance
Crater Town
Black FluteAbove the Gym
Valley Cave B1F
NuggetNorthwest side
Dusk StoneSouthwest section
Revival HerbSoutheast, tablet area
TM101 Power-Up HitPress the button near the Ranger with a Bug Pokémon in first slot; then go to where the Tablet used to be
Lunalium ZInside the cavern the Tablet turned into
Route 7
Zygarde CellTop of the central hill
Frost Mountain 1F
TM79 Dark PulseSouthwest corner
Zygarde CellClimb the rocks north of the Hiker, go up ladder to 2F
Full IncenseNear the Painter
Dusk StoneNear the Tablet, northwest corner
Solganium ZGo to the southeast corner and approach the Aggron from behind; inside the Raid Den revealed when the Tablet is destroyed
Rare BoneEast side
King’s RockSoutheast corner
Frost Mountain 2F
TM80 Rock SlideEast side, under the bridge
White HerbCentral hill
Frozen Forest
AbomasiteOn top of the Crabominable nest
Route 10
MedichamiteDefeat Mega Trainer Ernesto, southeastern cliff
Muscle BandBelow Camper Chris
Route 11 and Cliff Cave
Max ElixirRight side of Cliff Cave entrance
CalciumInside Cliff Cave off that landing
NuggetInside Cliff Cave first cavern
Dusk StoneRight side of Cliff Cave entrance
TM65 Shadow ClawOn Route 11 West
Zygarde CellOn Route 11 West
Electric Seed (hidden)On Route 11 West
AlakaziteDefeat Mega Trainer Timothy, on Route 11 West cliffs, after defeating all Route 11 trainers
Dehara City
Protect PadsIn the entrance area, up a cliff
Route 12
Max ReviveNear the Dehara City gate, northwest cliff
Great Desert
TM26 EarthquakeNortheast side of Tomb of Borrius entrance
Max ReviveNortheast side of Tomb of Borrius entrance
ScizoriteDefeat Mega Trainer Travon, above the canyon with the clown
Route 13
TM51 RoostRocky island near Ocean Master
Big Pearl (hidden)Rocky island near Ocean Master
Route 14
TM83 ScaldTop of the wall on the western side of the route
Route 6
TM74 Gyro BallNorthwest side, accessed by Surf
Route 15
Absorb BulbTop of the center island
Route 16
Ultra BallSouth of the Beauty
Zygarde CellAntisis City side cliffs
TM11 Sunny DayShow the Clown a Solrock or Solgaleo

Moving Forward

There’s one more place where Rock Climb really pays off: Thundercap Mountain. And now that you’ve reached Antisis City, a whole new side of the mountain is accessible. Fly back to Antisis City and head west across the bridge for the next leg of the journey.

Part 30

Thundercap Mountain – Antisis Side

Thundercap Mountain – Antisis Side

Right across from Antisis City sits the eastern side of Thundercap Mountain — and with Rock Climb in hand, it’s time to head back into the mountain maze. A whole new two-floor section, the Mountain Master, and a tablet puzzle are waiting.

  • Enter Thundercap Mountain from Antisis City
  • Explore the Northwest Chamber
  • Challenge the Mountain Master
  • Return to Route 17

Thundercap Mountain – Antisis Side

Points of Interest
Skier Charlie
Skiers Club Battles
Exits
Antisis City
KBT Expressway
Thundercap Mountain 2F
Items
Heart Scale (hidden)
Float Stone
Rare Candy
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantyke Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Binacle Rock/Water
Alolan Geodude Rock/Electrode
Corsola Water/Rock
Krabby Water
Kingler Water
Trainers
Roughneck Corey
Darmanitan Fire (Lv.50)
Tentacruel Water/Poison (Lv.50)
Black Belt Kentaro
Timburr Fighting (Lv.49)
Crabominable Fighting/Ice (Lv.50)

Just across from Antisis City is the eastern side of Thundercap Mountain. Now that you have Rock Climb, it’s time to head back into the mountain maze. Two trainers are waiting outside — deal with them, then head through the entrance.

Return to Thundercap Mountain – 2F

You emerge on 2F, on the eastern side that was previously out of reach. Rock Climb also opens up a few items in areas you’ve already explored:

New Items
2F
Iron Ball
4F
Blue Shard
5F
Utility Parasol
TM25 Thunder

But the real prize is an entirely new area spanning two floors: the Northwest Chamber. To get there, head west from the Antisis entrance toward the northwest part of 2F — you’ll see a rock wall. Climb it.

Northwest Chamber

Points of Interest
Worker Lawton
Evolution Stone Elder
Psychic Marius
Kindler Boyce
Expert Saunders
Exits
2F Main Cavern
KBT Expressway
Ladders – 2F Northwest Cavern and 3F Northwest Cavern
Items
HP Up (hidden)
Shiny Stone
Metal Powder (hidden)
Metal Coat
Max Revive
TM91 Flash Cannon
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Nosepass Rock
Magneton Electric/Steel
Marowak Ground
Klang Steel
Electabuzz Electric
Eelektrik Electric
Surfing
Stunfisk Ground/Electric
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Tynamo Electric
Eelektross Electric
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Chinchou Water/Electric (Good Rod)
Lanturn Water/Electric (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Alolan Geodude Rock/Electrode
Alolan Graveler Rock/Electrode
Nosepass Rock
Shuckle Bug/Rock
Trainers
Worker Lawton
Klinklang Steel (Lv.52)
Marowak Ground (Lv.50)
Bastiodon Rock/Steel (Lv.51)
Psychic Marius
Beheeyem Psychic (Lv.52)
Mr. Mime Psychic/Fairy (Lv.51)
Hypno Psychic (Lv.51)
Kindler Boyce
Oricorio (Baile) Fire/Flying (Lv.50)
Heatmor Fire (Lv.52)
Expert Saundra
Vanilluxe Ice (Lv.52)
Gothitelle Psychic (Lv.52)
Donphan Ground (Lv.51)
Kecleon Normal (Lv.52)

This section involves a lot of back-and-forth between two levels. Head north from where you climbed and you’ll see a series of bridges. Worker Lawton is waiting on the other side of one of them.

Once you’ve beaten him, go north across the bridge, down the stairs to the west, and onward until you’re faced with two cliffs you can jump off. Take the east cliff and jump east to proceed. That leads to a small stairway, another bridge, more one-way cliff jumps to the north, and a ladder to the east — take the ladder first.

Exploring 3F

You’ll arrive in another part of 3F, dominated by a large lake. Surf south to an island with an old man on it — he’ll give you a random Evolution Stone every single day, so it’s worth swinging by whenever you’re short on a particular stone. When you’re done here, go back down the ladder to 2F.

Back to 2F

This time, take the west cliff at the two jump cliffs. Follow the path northwest until you spot another ladder — this puts you on the northern side of the 3F chamber. You’ll need to shove boulders aside to reach the next ladder, and two trainers will try to stop you along the way.

Past the next ladder it’s a short walk across yet another bridge to one more ladder. Climb it and you’ll end up in the northeast corner of 3F, facing another boulder puzzle.

3F Boulder Puzzle

This one is simple enough, though you’ll need to smash some rocks:

  1. From the starting position, push the top boulder left.
  2. Push the left-most boulder one tile south, revealing a smashable rock on your right.
  3. Turn east and smash the rock.
  4. Go to the boulder north of where the smashed rock was and push it south.
  5. Push that same boulder east onto the button.

That does two things:

  • Clears a path to the final ladder
  • And solves the Tablet puzzle in the Tablet Chamber

With all of that done, head down the ladder.

The Final Ladder

Expert Saundra is the last trainer in this section, and she’s guarding the Flash Cannon TM. Once every trainer in Thundercap Mountain is beaten, one final challenge remains to close out these caves for good. Take the one-way cliffs back to the main part of 2F and make for the center of the cavern.

Mountain Master Challenge

You’ll see the Mountain Master alone on a cliff. He’ll only battle you if you’ve defeated every other trainer in Thundercap Mountain — and there are a lot of them, so if you’re stuck, check the Trainer Catalog you got in Fallshore City to find who you missed.

Mountain Master Battle
Mega Trainer Aloysius
Politoed Water (Lv.51)
Blissey Normal (Lv.50)
Braviary Normal/Flying (Lv.54)
Reuniclus Psychic (Lv.51)
Ampharos (Mega) Rock/Ice (Lv.52)

Beat him and the Ampharosite Mega Stone is yours. Now let’s see what solving the tablet puzzle unlocked — head to the Tablet Cavern on 3F.

The Tablet Puzzle

The tablet is gone, replaced by a cave entrance. Inside you’ll find a Raid Den and a Z-Crystal — Pikanium Z, handy if you run a Pikachu. There’s one last place Rock Climb takes you: Seaport City, to continue the journey.

The Next Destination

Head to Route 17, where you first received the Rock Climb HM. The route is fully passable now — push through it and on toward stopping the Light of Ruin… and hopefully becoming Pokémon Champion.

Part 31

Route 17 & Seaport City

Route 17 & Seaport City

With Rock Climb unlocked, Route 17 is finally passable — cross it, beat the Sky Master, and you’ll reach Seaport City: the gateway to East Borrius. This is a big town full of NPC gifts, the Breeder’s School, and a Skitty rescue that leads into the warehouses.

  • Cross Route 17 and defeat all Trainers
  • Win the Sky Master Challenge
  • Enter Seaport City
  • Obtain the Super Rod
  • Try to rescue a Skitty

Route 17

Points of Interest
Fisherman Gator
Fisherman Boot
Jogger Landon
Hiker Pistachio
Raid Den
Psychic Jaren
Healer Chansey
Berry Picker
Pokemon Ranger Madeline
Bug Catcher Conner
Pokemon Breeder Amelia
Fisherman Magnus
Sky Master Almuth
Exits and Passages
Route 16
Requires Advanced Digging and Diving Machine
Seaport City
Items
Prism Scale (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Sun Stone
Max Potion
Max Revive
Max Repel
Terrain Ext.
Full Heal
Lum Berry (hidden)
Rare Candy
Quick Ball
TM104 Psyshock
Metronome
Shiny Stone
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Pelipper Water/Flying Day and Night
Zangoose Normal Day and Night
Seviper Poison Day and Night
Bagon Dragon Day and Night
Skiploom Grass/Flying Day
Tropius Grass/Flying Day
Pidgeotto Normal/Flying Day
Noctowl Normal/Flying Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantyke Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Good Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Super Rod)
Lapras Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Underwater
Clamperl Water
Carvanha Water/Dark
Sharpedo Water/Dark
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Electric
Corsola Water/Rock
Rock Smash
Binacle Rock/Water
Geodude Rock/Ground
Corsola Water/Rock
Krabby Water
Kingler Water
Trainers
Fisherman Gator
Octillery Water (Lv.52)
Seadra Water (Lv.51)
Fisherman Boot
Lapras Water/Ice (Lv.51)
Kingdra Water/Dragon (Lv.52)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Lv.52)
Jogger Landon
Skiploom Grass/Flying (Lv.51)
Bagon Dragon (Lv.52)
Hiker Pistachio
Sandslash Ground (Lv.52)
Flygon Ground/Dragon (Lv.51)
Psychic Jaren
Duosion Psychic (Lv.52)
Gothorita Psychic (Lv.52)
Pokémon Ranger Madeline
Zangoose Normal (Lv.51)
Seviper Poison (Lv.52)
Bug Catcher Conner
Karrablast Bug (Lv.50)
Leavanny Bug/Grass (Lv.52)
Accelgor Bug (Lv.52)
Pokémon Breeder Amelia
Hoppip Grass/Flying (Lv.50)
Sewaddle Bug/Grass (Lv.52)
Gothita Psychic (Lv.51)
Mime Jr. Psychic/Fairy (Lv.51)
Pichu Electric (Lv.50)
Fisherman Magnus
Malamar Dark/Psychic (Lv.52)
Samurott Water (Lv.51)
Dragalge Poison/Dragon (Lv.52)

Back on Route 17, the bridge is still broken and out of commission. Luckily, the Ring Badge lets you use Rock Climb to cross the gap yourself. Walk south past the workers until you see a rock wall leading down to the beach — that’s your way forward.

This route has its own Route Master — the Sky Master — so beating every Trainer here should be your goal. A couple of Fishermen are waiting on the first beach; defeat them, then start surfing northeast.

You’re in a water channel between the mainland and one of the route islands. Follow it north, east, then south again until you’re under the bridge between the first and second islands. There’s a Rock Climb wall leading up from a small beach on the second island — climb it.

Jogger Landon greets you at the top — challenge him, then cross the bridge to the first island. Two Trainers hang out here — Hiker Pistachio and Psychic Jaren — plus a Raid Den just west of the Psychic. Once both are beaten, head back across the bridge.

Go past Jogger Landon again and walk north to a set of stairs cut into the rock cliff. A Chansey is up here — welcome news after all those Trainers. Once you’ve healed, head east through the long grass.

If you visit during the daytime, you’ll find someone trapped by a simple boulder puzzle. He’s a Berry salesman — free him and he’ll give you two random healing Berries, repeatable every day. Collect your reward and continue east.

On your way, you’ll spot someone standing on an unreachable cliff — that’s Almuth, the Sky Master. You’ll challenge him soon enough. For now, beat Pokémon Ranger Madeline and take the stairs just past her to the route’s final bridge.

You’re now on the same island as Seaport City, but there’s still trekking to do. Bug Catcher Conner is lurking in the long grass. Deal with him, then keep east until you run into Pokémon Breeder Amelia. After her sizable team falls, go north into more long grass.

Following the long grass east leads to Seaport City, but you’ve still got trainers to beat. Instead, go northwest, descend the stairs to the beach, and take on Fisherman Magnus — the route’s last regular trainer. Now it’s time for Almuth: surf southwest, cross under the bridge, and you’ll see a small patch of sand beneath a cliff. Land on it and the Sky Master battle begins.

Sky Master Challenge

One important note — this is a Sky Battle, so any Pokémon that can’t fly (usually just non-Flying-types) can’t take part. Bring at least three Flying Pokémon in case something goes wrong.

Sky Master Battle
Master Trainer Almuth
Noctowl Normal/Flying (Lv.51)
Tropius Grass/Flying (Lv.51)
Rotom (Wash) Electric/Water (Lv.52)
Hawlucha Fighting/Flying (Lv.52)
Pidgeot (Mega) Normal/Flying (Lv.52)

Your prize is the Pidgeotite Mega Stone, and with that, Route 17 is complete. Head back the way you came to the long-grass patch and go east — at the end of the grass lies Seaport City, the only way into East Borrius.

Seaport City

Points of Interest
Pokemon Center
Poke Mart
Big and Small House
West Seaport Warehouse
Camomons Battle House
Breeder School
Battleground House
Hip Waders Fishing Club
East Seaport Warehouse
Ferry Terminal and Super Rod Fisherman
Shipyard
Seaport Marketplace
Alolan Starter and Landlord Mission House
Exits and Passages
Route 17
(west) KBT Expressway
(east) East Borrius, requires S.S. Ticket
Items
Zygarde Cell
TM12 Taunt (hidden)
Sticky Barb
Slowbronite (hidden)
Max Revive (hidden)
Dive Ball (hidden)
Zygarde Cell (inside Shipyard)
Full Heal (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantine Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Good Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Super Rod)
Lapras Water/Ice (Super Rod)

Seaport City at last. The Pokémon Center and Poké Mart are right at the entrance, with a gate between them leading to the Battle Frontier — closed, and staying closed until you become Champion. Start exploring by walking east.

Various NPC Gifts

The house next to the Poké Mart has some interesting people inside — head in. If you’ve got a Pokémon 20 centimeters or shorter, show it to the Youngster in the ground-floor apartment for a prize (usually something like a Poké Doll).

Then talk to the lady in the kitchen: first she’ll ask to see something that looks like a sea cucumber — only a Pyukumuku fits, and you’ll find those surfing around Dehara City. Next she wants a Probopass: catch a Nosepass in Thundercap Mountain and level it up there to evolve it. Your reward is 3 Balm Mushrooms.

The woman in the upstairs hallway wants to see a large Pumpkaboo — those live in Grim Woods — and she’ll give you 5 Dusk Balls. The woman in the upstairs apartment wants something longer than 7 meters, like a Steelix (Route 11); she’ll hand over a Fluffy Tail. Also in that apartment, a nearby man gives you a Bottle Cap.

Done with this house? Return to the Pokémon Center intersection and take the road south. There’s a warehouse to the left — ignore it for now, you’ll be back — and a row of houses to the east. A man is banging on the leftmost door, begging to be let in: that’s the Camomons Battle House, and he’s blocking the entrance.

The Breeder’s School

The house east of here is the Breeder’s School — go in. You’ll find a classroom mid-lecture; talk to the man in the back row and he’ll ask to see a Pichu. You’ll need to breed a Pikachu for one — Pikachu appear in Vivill Woods swarms, which are rare. Pull it off and he’ll give you a special Spiky-Eared Pichu, which comes in handy in the endgame.

Reward Pokémon
Spiky-Eared Pichu Electric

If you have a female Pokémon that knows Attract, show it to the Breeder on the right side of the top row for a Destiny Knot. The room on the right is a mini Pokémon Day Care — the breeder in the north can look after one Pokémon for you.

Talk to the Breeder in the southeast corner: hatch 10 Eggs and he’ll give you a Baby Monitor. Hatch 50 and you’ll get a Ditto plus Metal Powder.

Reward Pokémon
Ditto Normal

He’s not done — hatch 100 Eggs and he’ll hand over a Magma Stone, which halves Egg hatching time (quarters it with Flame Body or Magma Armor aboard) and is essential for summoning a Legendary in the endgame.

Visiting Other Houses

The southwest house is the Battleground, closed until post-game. The southeast house is more interesting right now — head inside. The Fisherman here belongs to a club called the Hip Waders, and he invites you to join: every day, show him a Pokémon he asks you to catch and he’ll give you a prize, usually something like 5 Dive Balls.

The Docks

Head east down the stairs next to that house to reach the docks Seaport City is named for. There’s another warehouse here — don’t go in yet. Walk to the end of the southern pier and talk to the Fisherman there: he’ll give you the Super Rod, finally letting you catch every fishable Pokémon.

The building nearby is the ferry station, but you’ll use that later. In the northwest corner of the docks is Seaport’s entrance to the KBT Expressway, where a couple of Gem Family members run move shops:

Gem Family Move Shops
Dragon Dragon Dance 2 Dragon GemsSeaport City section
Water Hydro Pump 4 Water GemsSeaport City section

Done with the Expressway? Head back out. Just east of its entrance is a large building — the Shipyard. The Advanced Digging and Diving Machine is obtained here, but not yet (post-game only): you’ll need a hefty reputation before Captain Davy even considers selling it to you, and it won’t be cheap.

Head west from the Shipyard, up the stairs, and you’ll find the Seaport Marketplace.

Seaport Marketplace

Berry stall, Ball stall, TM stall — but talk to the girl in the middle first and she’ll give you TM114 Natural Gift. Show her rare Berries and she’ll tell you more about them, too.

One house remains unexplored: north of the Marketplace. Head inside, but leave one slot free in your party. The woman with an umbrella on her head is from Alola, and she’ll give you one of the Alolan starters for free — the others unlock at 7 and 8 Badges respectively.

Alola Starters
Rowlet Grass Lv.45
Litten Fire Lv.30
Popplio Water Lv.30

Finding the Skitty

The man on the couch in this building’s hallway is the landlord — he’s the one to talk to about housing for the old man in Epidimy Town. But first he needs a favor, and it’s trickier than it sounds: a couple of thugs stole his prized Skitty, and you need to track them down.

You’ll find Swizer and Bullo near the steps to the beach on the southwest side of town. They’ll give you a Double Battle — beat them and they run off.

Burglar Swizer and Black Ferrothorn Bullo
Combusken Fire/Fighting (Lv.54)
Shieldon Rock/Steel (Lv.52)
Garbodor Poison (Lv.53)

The landlord is grateful, but you’ll need to walk him home for your reward. When you arrive, though, he mysteriously vanishes. Swizer shows up to gloat: if you want him back, head to the western Seaport warehouse — the one near the beach entrance — and take on him and his gang.

So the next stop is the Seaport Warehouse. One catch: there are restrictions — you can only bring Ice and Fairy-type Pokémon (dual-types are fine as long as one type is Ice or Fairy). Prep your team; this could be rough if you haven’t trained those types.

Part 32

Seaport Warehouses & Boat to East Borrius

Seaport Warehouses & Boat to East Borrius

Back to the rescue mission: fight through the West Warehouse under strict type rules, take down Swizer and Bullo, then investigate the East Warehouse to free a stolen Electivire. After that, it’s finally time to sail to East Borrius.

  • Enter the West Warehouse and find the kidnapped man
  • Defeat the kidnappers
  • Enter the East Warehouse and defeat the mad Scientist
  • Recover the Electivire
  • Sail to East Borrius

Seaport West Warehouse

Points of Interest
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Milan
Kidnapped Man
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Colin
Mimikyu
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Hernando
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Toby
Exits
Warehouse Entrance
Items
Rare Candy
Max Elixir
Max Potion
Trainers
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Milan
Tentacruel Water/Poison (Lv.53)
Ferroseed Grass/Steel (Lv.51)
Alolan Sandshrew Ice/Steel (Lv.51)
Torkoal Fire (Lv.53)
Escavalier Bug/Steel (Lv.53)
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Colin
Wormadam Bug/Steel (Lv.52)
Seviper Poison (Lv.52)
Pawniard Dark/Steel (Lv.51)
Heatmor Fire (Lv.53)
Ferrothorn Grass/Steel (Lv.53)
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Hernando
Aggron Steel/Rock (Lv.53)
Charmander Fire (Lv.51)
Ferroseed Grass/Steel (Lv.51)
Litten Fire (Lv.51)
Black Ferrothorn Goon and Burglar Toby
Steelix Steel/Ground (Lv.53)
Nidorino Poison (Lv.52)
Garbodor Poison (Lv.53)
Torracat Fire (Lv.52)

Picking up where you left off: you’re in Seaport City’s western warehouse on a rescue mission. The thugs holding the landlord will let you try to take him back — but only if your team is made up entirely of Fairy and Ice-type Pokémon (dual-types count).

Why the restriction? Because most of the thugs’ Pokémon hit Ice and Fairy super effectively — you’ll be at a type disadvantage the whole way. Alolan Ninetales is the star pick here (hopefully you’ve been training it), backed by double Ice-types from Icy Hole like Sealeo, Piloswine and Jynx, which may just need a little leveling.

Once Swizer is satisfied you’re following the rules, he lets you downstairs into the goon gauntlet. Keep heading south past an intersection — there’s just a Worker there who hears a Mimikyu crying. At the south end of the hallway is a Strength boulder and a narrow passage west into the container maze. Take it.

Every fight in here is a Double Battle, and this is only the first — come prepared. Beat them, then go to the end of the passage and push the boulder aside so you can head north. Warning: this is a point of no return — the boulder resets behind you. Heal up with items after every fight; these are tough.

You’ll see the landlord to the north — talk to him and he’ll follow you. Take the west passage through the containers for another Double Battle. Once those goons are done, continue along until you reach the warehouse’s west side, then follow the path down — you’ll notice three passages leading east.

The first passage is a dead end — and a Pokémon. You’ll be drawn into a battle with a Mimikyu, which you can catch:

Pokémon Encounter
Mimikyu Ghost/Fairy (Lv.50) catchable

The bottom passage triggers an optional Double Battle — take the middle passage first to skip the ambush. You’ll head east straight into an unavoidable Double Battle. Beat that pair and you’re free to escape this floor: walk east and you can now push the boulder from the other side, reopening the way to the entrance.

Kidnapper Showdown

Head upstairs and Swizer and Bullo are waiting — furious you got this far, and ready to handle you personally.

Kidnapper Double Battle
Burglar Swizer and Black Ferrothorn Bullo
Garbodor Poison (Lv.54)
Bastiodon Rock/Steel (Lv.54)
Bisharp Dark/Steel (Lv.53)
Hawlucha Fighting/Flying (Lv.52)
Blaziken Fire/Fighting (Lv.54)

Beat them and they slink off, letting you take the landlord home. As thanks for rescuing him and his Skitty, he agrees to let the old man from Epidimy Town move into the upstairs apartment free of charge.

Fly back to Epidimy Town with the good news — the old man moves immediately. Talk to him in Seaport City and he’ll give you Icium Z, which upgrades Ice moves to Z-Moves. Got that Alolan Ninetales? Give it the Icium Z and it becomes a monster against Dragon, Flying, Grass and Ground-types — and plenty more, given the power of Subzero Slammer.

One more warehouse to investigate — this one on the docks. Townsfolk say a Science Society Scientist was seen going in, possibly the same one who stole the Electivire.

Seaport East Warehouse

Points of Interest
Scientist and Electivire
Exits
Warehouse Entrance
Items
Zygarde Cell (upstairs)
Dubious Disc (hidden)
TM99 Wild Charge
Max Revive

You’ll need a password to get in. A Scientist in town tips you off: it’s scrawled on the back of some crates nearby. Enter it and the door opens. (One playthrough’s password was 5711, but yours may differ.)

Head downstairs to the storage floor, where the Scientist and the Electivire are waiting. Walk south until you see a turn to the west — that’s your route. You’ll spot a ladder on the side of a container; climb it and it leads straight to the Scientist and her mad experiments.

Rescuing the Electivire

The Scientist seems pleased you found her — and sets the Electivire on you.

Electivire Gauntlet
Pokemon Fight
Electivire Electric (level scales)
Dynamax Pokemon Fight (Double Battle)
Dynamax Electivire Electric (level scales)
Science Society Scientist
Rotom Electric/Grass (Lv.52)
Magnezone Electric/Steel (Lv.53)
Manectric Electric (Lv.54)
Vikavolt Bug/Electric (Lv.54)

Beating it isn’t the end: she’s figured out how to Dynamax it, so now you’re in a Max Battle against a Dynamaxed Electivire. It’s a Double Battle, and the three-part shield it raises at intervals is annoying — keep hammering through.

Win that and the Scientist battles you herself with her own team — a pushover compared to the Dynamax fight. With its captor finally beaten, the Electivire wants to go home to its Trainer in Epidimy Town.

Make room in your party when you arrive — the overjoyed owner gives you a Pokémon Egg with a Lv. 1 Elekid inside, plus an Electirizer, a Power Weight, and a Gold Bottle Cap.

Sailing to East Borrius

Seaport City business done — time for that boat ride. Go to the ferry terminal on the southern pier, near where you got the Super Rod. Jax and Arthur are already there, grumbling about engine trouble.

Luckily the S.S. Marine is also bound for East Borrius, and the helpful Sailor at the desk hands the three of you tickets. Jax gives you one and tells you to meet them on the north pier.

Make sure you’ve finished everything in Seaport City, then board the S.S. Marine — East Borrius awaits. The crossing is quick: you dock at Polder Town, where Jax and Arthur discuss next steps — until an ominous thundering interrupts. That’s Crystal Peak, where Aklove is trying to fire the Ultimate Weapon.

You’ll need Waterfall to even reach Crystal Peak — and that means beating the Polder Gym first.

Part 33

Polder Town, Safari Zone & Polder Gym

Polder Town, Safari Zone & Polder Gym

Welcome to East Borrius! Polder Town is your first stop — explore it thoroughly, cure a town’s TV epidemic, try the Safari Zone, then take on the Polder Gym’s wild typing rules to earn HM07 Waterfall.

  • Explore Polder Town
  • Cure a TV-watching epidemic
  • Obtain a Rotom and change its form
  • Visit the Safari Zone
  • Challenge the Polder Gym and obtain HM07 Waterfall
  • Enter Cootes Bog

Polder Town

Points of Interest
Pokémon Center
Poke Mart
Croagunk Show
Fishing Mission House
Move and TM Mission House
TV Mission House
Polder Gym
Exits
West Borrius
Cootes Bog
Safari Zone
Items
Zygarde Cell
Tiny Mushroom (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Palpitoad Water/Ground
Stunfisk Ground/Electric
Gastrodon Water/Ground
Sliggoo Dragon
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Poliwag Water (Old Rod)
Poliwhirl Water (Good Rod)
Barboach Water/Ground (Good Rod)
Poliwhirl Water (Super Rod)
Politoed Water (Super Rod)
Whiscash Water/Ground (Super Rod)

You’ve just arrived in East Borrius, and Polder Town is the first place open to you. There’s a Gym to beat and HM Waterfall to earn, but exploring Polder first pays off.

Exploring the Town

North of the Pokémon Center and the ferry dock you’ll find:

  • The Poke Mart
  • A blonde woman with a row of Croagunk next to her
  • And a house

Talk to the woman with the Croagunk — her Pokémon put on a show, a kind of shell game. One Croagunk holds an item, and you have to track which one as they dance around each other. Guess right and you win a prize (a Big Mushroom is one possibility, among others) — once per day.

Next, go into the house just east of here. The Fisherman inside gives you a series of fishing missions: catch 10 Pokémon while fishing for 10 Dive Balls, 50 for 10 Heart Scales, and 100 for a Feebas.

From the Fisherman’s house, head south through the crowd of dancing people to another house. Each day, the woman in the hat wants to see a Pokémon that can perform a particular move — show her and she’ll give you a Heart Scale. The other person in the house has a bigger ask: there are 120 TMs in the world, and she wants you to find every one. Do it for a Gold Bottle Cap.

When you’re done, head to the southwest corner of town.

Too Much TV

A family here needs your help: a little girl has lost her mind to watching TV, and her worried father wants you to intervene. He sends you to find a scientist who knows about brain waves — and you’ve been somewhere with a whole institute devoted to it: Tarmigan Town.

Fly to Tarmigan Town and visit the Dream Research Lab in the northwest of town. The scientist you need is in the building’s northwest corner. He explains that five children across Borrius have this condition, and you need to scan the brains of the other four. You may have spotted them already, but here’s the list:

TV Children to Scan
Bellin Town Southwest house
Blizzard City 2F, house next to KBT Expressway entrance
Crater Town Central south house, same kid that gives you Swarm info
Seaport City 1F, Alolan Starter Pokémon and landlord rescue mission building

Once the scans are done, return to the Lab — the Scientist heads off to cure the children. Turns out a strange Pokémon was behind it all. Head back to the house in Polder Town: the grateful father says he caught a Pokémon leaving his daughter’s body during the cure. If you’ve got an empty party slot, he’ll give you the Rotom.

Using the Rotom

Now that you have a Rotom, head to the Antisis Warehouse in the northwest corner of Antisis City. It’s full of broken-down appliances Rotom can possess — each one changes its typing and grants a powerful move of that type. You can swap forms freely with no limit or cooldown, though you’ll need to return to the warehouse each time:

Rotom Appliances
Heat Rotom Electric/Fire Microwave Oven
Wash Rotom Electric/Water Washing Machine
Frost Rotom Electric/Ice Refrigerator
Fan Rotom Electric/Flying Electric Fan
Mow Rotom Electric/Grass Lawnmower

The Safari Zone

Polder Town is home to the Safari Zone — a fantastic place to catch weird and wonderful Pokémon. The gate is in the east part of town. Unlike most Safari Zones, Unbound’s has no map to explore — it’s essentially a catching minigame.

Each play costs P500 and gives you 30 Safari Balls. There’s no time limit; the session ends when you run out of balls. Four difficulty settings change how fast the Pokémon move and which ones can appear. Want to skip a Pokémon? It’ll cost you 5 balls. It’s a great way to fill the Pokédex, though it takes patience:

Safari Zone Pokémon
Easy Mode
Skitty Normal
Rhyhorn Ground/Rock
Natu Psychic/Flying
Alolan Meowth Dark
Plusle Electric
Minun Electric
Bounsweet Grass
Blitzle Electric
Helioptile Electric/Normal
Cubone Ground
Treecko Grass
Torchic Fire
Mudkip Water
Medium Mode
Steenee Grass
Zebstrika Electric
Xatu Psychic/Flying
Alolan Diglett Ground/Steel
Spinda Normal
Wobbuffet Psychic
Tauros Normal
Rhyhorn Ground/Rock
Helioptile Electric/Normal
Treecko Grass
Torchic Fire
Mudkip Water
Hard Mode
Rhydon Ground/Rock
Wobbuffet Psychic
Kangaskhan Normal
Zebstrika Electric
Spinda Normal
Tauros Normal
Helioptile Electric/Normal
Alolan Exeggcute Grass/Psychic
Alolan Diglett Ground/Steel
Golisopod Bug/Water
Grovyle Grass
Combusken Fire/Fighting
Marshtomp Water/Ground
Insane Mode
Rhydon Ground/Rock
Tauros Normal
Doublade Steel/Ghost
Kangaskhan Normal
Wobbuffet Psychic
Alolan Exeggcute Grass/Psychic
Golisopod Bug/Water
Heliolisk Electric/Normal
Alolan Dugtrio Ground/Steel
Grovyle Grass
Combusken Fire/Fighting
Marshtomp Water/Ground

Once you’ve had your fill of the Safari Zone, there’s not much left in Polder — just the Gym.

Polder Town Gym – Swamp Badge

On paper, the Polder Gym is a Water-type Gym. But as you’ve seen, Unbound loves a curveball.

Gym Typing Rules

In this Gym, each Pokémon’s typing changes to match the types of its first and second moves. Example: say you’ve got a Metagross — normally Steel/Psychic — but its first move is the Dark-type Brutal Swing and its second is the Fighting-type Hammer Arm. In this Gym, your Metagross is Dark/Fighting.

That applies to your whole team and everything you battle here. Know your Pokémon’s move order, and be ready to shuffle TMs around if needed.

Gym Trainers italics = typing in the Gym
Fisherman Nicholas
Stunfisk Ground/Electric (Lv.52)
Bruxish Water/Normal (Lv.53)
Alomomola Water/Psychic (Lv.53)
Tuber Savannah
Popplio Water/Fairy (Lv.54)
Mudkip Water/Normal (Lv.54)
Ace Trainer Darwin
Tirtouga Water/Dark (Lv.53)
Marshtomp Normal/Ground (Lv.54)
Heliolisk Water/Dragon (Lv.53)
Ace Trainer Anita
Simipour Flying/Dark (Lv.53)
Brionne Normal/Fairy (Lv.54)
Goodra Dragon/Water (Lv.53)

Gym Puzzle Layout

There’s a second wrinkle: the waves. Every six or seven steps, the water surges in a big wave that washes you all the way back to the entrance if you’re still surfing. Pick your destination carefully and time each departure between waves.

Here’s the route to the Gym Leader: surf north to the first island and beat Fisherman Nicholas. Then surf to the island northeast of there and defeat Tuber Savannah. Next, head west — but only when there’s no haze on screen warning of an incoming wave.

From the third island, surf northwest — and make doubly sure the last wave just finished before you commit. Ace Trainer Darwin challenges you; beat him, then jump to the island northeast. Ace Trainer Anita is next; after her, surf northwest to a tiny nub of an island, then a short surf north brings you to the Gym Leader.

Thread between the lily pads and reeds — they’ll block you otherwise. If all goes well, you’ll reach the final island, where Tessy is ready to battle.

Polder Gym Leader Tessy

With a balanced team — accounting for the move-order type changes — Tessy is straightforward, though she has a couple of tricks up her sleeve.

Gym Leader Tessy italics = typing in the gym
Toxapex Poison/Dark (Lv.54)
Seismitoad Water/Poison (Lv.55)
Armaldo Water/Bug (Lv.55)
Gyarados (Mega) Water/Ground (Lv.56)

The Swamp Badge is yours, and Tessy also hands over HM07 Waterfall. The path to Crystal Peak is open.

Optional: Waterfall Backtracking

Waterfall reaches a few important items. If you want to backtrack, here are the spots worth revisiting:

Waterfall Backtracking Locations
Route 4 West
Zygarde CellTop of the main waterfall
PP Max (hidden)Top of the main waterfall
TM119 Sky DropTop of the main waterfall
Full Restore (hidden)Down the middle waterfall
Starf Berry (hidden)Down the middle waterfall
Valley Cave B1F
Toxic OrbWestern waterfall
Fallshore City
NuggetKBT Expressway west waterfall
TM29 PsychicKBT Expressway east waterfall
Antisis Sewers
LeftoversEast crawl pipe to the southern section of the sewer
TM36 Sludge BombEast side of the route, on a small island
TM109 DefogShow the Clown a Pokemon with Sweet Scent

Moving Forward

Once you’ve tied up loose ends with Waterfall, head into Cootes Bog — north of Polder Town, on the path to Crystal Peak, where you’ll stop Aklove and the Light of Ruin.

Part 34

Cootes Bog & Magnolia Town

Cootes Bog & Magnolia Town

Crystal Peak lies beyond Cootes Bog — a massive swamp worth clearing first. Team up with Tessy to drive out the Terror Granbull, then swing by Magnolia Town for Moomoo Milk, daily events, and a Vivillon scavenger hunt.

  • Explore Cootes Bog
  • Help Tessy find her Pokémon
  • Defeat the Terror Granbull
  • Visit Magnolia Town

Cootes Bog

Points of Interest
Tessy Protector of the Swamp Mission Start
Hunter of the Swamp Mission Start
Pokémon Ranger Betty
Pokémon Ranger Mason
Ninja Boy Yokohama
Aroma Lady Denise
Picnicker Jocelyn
Scientist Marvin
Psychic Hector
Camper Bradley
During ‘Protector of the Swamp’
Terror Granbull Goon Pair A
Terror Granbull Goon Pair B
Terror Granbull Goon Pair C
Terror Granbull Goon Pair D and Swamp Pokemon Boss Fight
Exits and Passages
Polder Town
Crystal Peak
Magnolia Town
Items
Max Repel
Heavy Boots
Big Mushroom (hidden)
TM06 Toxic
Zygarde Cell
Big Mushroom (hidden)
Tiny Mushroom (hidden)
Max Potion
King’s Rock
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Croagunk Poison/Fighting Day and Night
Quagsire Water/Ground Day and Night
Sliggoo Dragon Day and Night
Drapion Poison/Dark Day and Night
Carnivine Grass Day and Night
Toxicroak Poison/Fighting Day and Night
Weepinbell Grass/Poison Day
Gloom Grass/Poison Night
Surfing
Quagsire Water/Ground
Stunfisk Ground/Electric
Gastrodon Water/Ground
Sliggoo Dragon
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Poliwag Water (Old Rod)
Barboach Water/Ground (Good Rod)
Poliwhirl Water (Good Rod)
Poliwhirl Water (Super Rod)
Whiscash Water/Ground (Super Rod)
Politoed Water (Super Rod)
Trainers
Pokémon Ranger Betty
Minun Electric (Lv.52)
Tangrowth Grass (Lv.54)
Wobbuffet Psychic (Lv.54)
Spinda Normal (Lv.52)
Pokémon Ranger Mason
Golisopod Bug/Water (Lv.53)
Tauros Normal (Lv.53)
Rhydon Ground/Rock (Lv.53)
Swalot Poison (Lv.54)
Ninja Boy Yokohoma
Gulpin Poison (Lv.51)
Carnivine Grass (Lv.53)
Toxicroak Poison/Fighting (Lv.54)
Aroma Lady Denise
Simisage Grass (Lv.53)
Steenee Grass (Lv.54)
Picnicker Jocelyn
Natu Psychic/Flying (Lv.52)
Delcatty Normal (Lv.52)
Scientist Marvin
Plusle Electric (Lv.52)
Helioptile Electric/Normal (Lv.51)
Zebstrika Electric (Lv.54)
Psychic Hector
Xatu Psychic/Flying (Lv.52)
Wynaut Psychic (Lv.52)
Camper Bradley
Alolan Diglett Ground/Steel (Lv.52)
Kangaskhan Normal (Lv.54)

Crystal Peak is your next destination, and getting there means crossing Cootes Bog — a massive swamp north of Polder Town. You’ll spot two people offering missions at the entrance, including Tessy, the Polder Gym Leader. Skip hers for now — it makes exploring awkward. Better to clear the area’s trainers first, then come back for it.

Instead, take the mission from the scientist here: it’s straightforward — catch every different Pokémon found in Cootes Bog. The DexNav is your friend, and fishing catches count too.

Two paths lead from the entrance: left and right. Go left first. You’ll face another fork — left to a pond crossing, right through long grass. Take the right path for now; both end up in roughly the same place.

You’ll pass under a wooden bridge where Pokémon Ranger Betty challenges you. Beat her and keep east through the long grass to a hook-shaped pond. East of this pond is the path to Crystal Peak — remember it for later. Surf north to the top of the hook, hop out onto the west bank, and head west through the grass to challenge Pokémon Ranger Mason.

North and west of him are dead ends and duplicate trails, so after beating him, head back the way you came. There’s another pond here — surf along it under yet another wooden bridge. At the far end, take the west path through the long grass and you’ll spot someone trying to hide in it: Ninja Boy Yokohama, who isn’t nearly as hidden as he thinks.

Go north past him to another important junction. The gate to Magnolia Town is west of here — pop in briefly to grab the Fly fast-travel point so you can return later. Then walk east to a ladder leading up to a wooden platform.

Challenge Aroma Lady Denise here, then continue east onto one of those wooden bridges you’ve been seeing everywhere. You’ll reach a platform with a ladder down into a small clearing; go south to find a Picnicker. Beat her, climb the other ladder, and cross the long treetop bridge to another clearing.

Climb down, head east through the grass to another platform, and beat Scientist Marvin there. Cross the bridge — the longest in the bog, stretching all the way to the west side. At the far platform, go south to find Psychic Hector, then cross one final bridge just south of him.

You’ll pass over the spot where you fought the first Pokémon Ranger. There’s a Trainer Tips sign on the far side, and just south of it, the bog entrance. You’ve come full circle — trainers cleared. Time for Tessy’s mission.

Protector of the Swamp Mission

The Terror Granbull have moved into Cootes Bog and want to turn Polder Town into their little kingdom. You’ll team up with Tessy in a series of Double Battles to drive them out.

Protector of the Swamp Battles
Terror Granbull Goon Pair A
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)
Skitty Normal (Lv.53)
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)
Terror Granbull Goon Pair B
Cottonee Grass/Fairy (Lv.55)
Roserade Grass/Poison (Lv.54)
Jumpluff Grass/Flying (Lv.53)
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)
Terror Granbull Goon Pair C
Cherrim Grass (Lv.54)
Togekiss Fairy/Flying (Lv.54)
Pachirisu Electric (Lv.53)
Dedenne Electric/Fairy (Lv.53)
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)

Head back along the bridge path toward Scientist Hector, or go north along the pond and jump the cliff west — either way, you’ll run into two Granbull goons itching for a fight. Keep following the bridge route past Scientist Marvin’s spot for another pair of goons.

You’ll eventually be led the full length of the bridge route to the bog’s north end, near the Magnolia Town entrance. A third pair of goons waits here; past them, head southeast. The goons who stole Tessy’s Swampert are in a clearing here, watching a Feraligatr and a Drapion fight. Confront them — but be ready, because this triggers a chain of boss battles.

Protector of the Swamp Boss Battles
Terror Granbull Goon Pair D
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)
Granbull Fairy (Lv.55)
Breloom Grass/Fighting (Lv.53)
Whimsicott Grass/Fairy (Lv.54)
Glalie Ice (Lv.53)
Mawile (Mega) Steel/Fairy (Lv.55)
Pokémon Double Battle
Feraligatr Water (level scaled)
Drapion Poison/Dark (level scaled)
Dynamax Pokémon Fight
Dynamax Feraligatr Water (level scaled)

After the goons fall, the Feraligatr and Drapion team up against you. Then things take an unexpected turn: using a trap supplied by the Science Society, the Feraligatr suddenly Dynamaxes — and you’ll have to beat it in a Dynamax battle.

It’s a tough fight, but winning drives the Granbull goons out of the swamp and returns Tessy’s Swampert. In gratitude, she gives you TM120 Nature Power.

Detour to Magnolia Town

Before Crystal Peak, Magnolia Town is worth a visit — go to the gate entrance, or Fly there if you grabbed the fast-travel point.

Magnolia Town

Points of Interest
Pokémon Center
Moomoo Farm
Butterfly Effect Mission
Magnolia Cafe (Poke Mart)
Pep Quiz House
Exits and Passages
Cootes Bog
Magnolia Fields
Items
Moomoo Milk
Rare Bone (hidden)
Zygarde Cell

It’s a small town, but a couple of stops are worth it. The west side has a field of Miltank and Tauros — the famous Moomoo Farm, home of Moomoo Milk. Head into the house north of the field to meet the farmer. Like the Fallshore City market stall, you can buy Moomoo Milk by the bottle or the dozen — and for a healing item that restores 100 HP, the dozen is still a good deal.

Talk to the man right of the farmhouse for a scavenger hunt: track down 19 Vivillon variants across West and East Borrius. A few are in areas you haven’t reached yet, but most have appeared where you’ve already explored. You don’t need to catch them — just defeat them and they return to the trainer (catching is possible, but extremely difficult). See all 19 and the collector gives you the 20th: the Poké Ball pattern — and it’s Shiny.

The large building east of there is the Magnolia Cafe, the town’s specialty Poké Mart. It hosts daily events that vary between the main story and post-game — for now, just grab 4 Max Ethers from the man at the counter. Then visit the house east of the Pokémon Center: answer the daily ‘Pep Quiz’ questions for a reward every day.

After this, it’s time for Crystal Peak.

Leaving Town

Ready for Crystal Peak? To make it easier, fly back to Polder Town, head to the southern part of the Bog, and continue from there.

Part 35

Crystal Peak

Crystal Peak

This is it — the climax of the main story. Climb Crystal Peak, battle your Rival, survive the dragon showdown, free Marlon and Melony, and stop Aklove and the Light of Ruin from firing the Ultimate Weapon.

  • Defeat your Rival
  • Enter Crystal Peak
  • Survive the Dragon Showdown
  • Free Marlon and Melony
  • Defeat Hoopa and Rayquaza
  • Vanquish Aklove and stop the Light of Ruin
  • Fight alongside your Rival
  • Obtain the Master Ball

Getting to Crystal Peak

With Cootes Bog and Magnolia Town explored, it’s finally time for Crystal Peak — and stopping the Light of Ruin. Leave Polder Town by the north exit and take the left path at the fork.

At the next fork, go through the long-grass path under the bridge, past Pokémon Ranger Betty. The path curves right — follow it to the hook-shaped pond. Surf across to the eastern bank and you’ll see a clean water source to your northeast: that’s the destination, but head south for now.

Keep the clean water on your right and head south to a fork, then southeast. Camper Bradley wants a fight if you haven’t beaten him already. Past him, walk east to the water, hop on your Surf Pokémon, and follow the water source as it winds through the trees to its origin — a waterfall.

You’ve got the Badge and HM Waterfall from Polder Gym, so climb it — you’ll find yourself at the entrance to Crystal Peak.

Rival Battle

Your Rival is waiting — you’ll be tackling Crystal Peak together, but he wants to make sure you’re ready first.

Rival Battle (Final Round)
Toucannon Normal/Flying (Lv.54)
Vaporeon Water (Lv.55)
Mamoswine Ice/Ground (Lv.56)
Aggron Ice/Ground (Lv.56)
Metagross (Mega) Steel/Psychic or Garchomp (Mega) Ground/Dragon or Tyranitar (Mega) Rock/Dark (Lv.58)

You’ll pick three Pokémon to fight alongside your Rival’s Toucannon, Mamoswine and Vaporeon in the Double Battles ahead. Once you’re set, head inside and face your destiny.

Crystal Peak – Lower Floors

Points of Interest
Healing Chansey
Medium Laurel
Scientist Rosalind
Cyclist Lucina
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair A
Exits and Passages
Cootes Bog
1F Entry Chamber to B1F Rune Chamber
B1F Rune Chamber to 1F Main Chamber
1F Main Chamber to B1F Solitary Chamber
1F Main Chamber to Crystal Peak Exterior Slopes
Items
TM05 Roar
Max Potion
Coba Berry (hidden)
Wild Pokémon (All Interior Floors)
Cave
Loudred Normal
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Onix Rock/Ground
Noibat Flying/Dragon
Noivern Flying/Dragon
Zweilous Dark/Dragon
Steelix Steel/Ground
Skarmory Steel/Flying
Surfing
Gastrodon Water/Ground
Golduck Water
Dragonair Dragon
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Psyduck Water (Good Rod)
Finneon Water (Good Rod)
Golduck Water (Super Rod)
Lumineon Water (Super Rod)
Qwilfish Water (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Graveler Rock/Ground
Onix Rock/Ground
Trainers
Medium Laurel
Drifblim Ghost/Flying (Lv.54)
Drifblim Ghost/Flying (Lv.55)
Scientist Rosalind
Luxray Electric (Lv.55)
Porygon2 Normal (Lv.54)
Cyclist Lucina
Noibat Flying/Dragon (Lv.53)
Whirlipede Bug/Poison (Lv.55)
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair A
Slurpuff Fairy (Lv.53)
Wigglytuff Normal/Fairy (Lv.53)
Gardevoir Psychic/Fairy (Lv.54)

Crystal Peak – 1F Entry Chamber

The first chamber is small — walk north and you’ll see a Healing Chansey. Head east from there to some smashable rocks and pushable boulders. It’s not really a puzzle; just clear the way through. Past the obstacle, you’ll find a ladder down.

Crystal Peak – B1F Rune Chamber

When you arrive, surf east across the pond along the passageway until you reach dry land. The north path leads to a room with a Hiker and three strange tablets — ignore them for now; they only work in the post-game. Take the east path instead, and you’ll find a ladder up to a different 1F chamber.

Crystal Peak – 1F Main Chamber

This is a big chamber, though much of it is blocked off. Climb down the blue crystals on the wall to the cavern floor. Go west past Medium Laurel until you see a sloping ledge — climb the yellow crystals to an upper ledge and follow it south.

You may run into Cyclist Lucina on the way. Keep going to a junction: the left path leads to a tunnel that’s a dead end for now, so climb down the yellow crystals instead. Squeeze through the crystals ahead and you’ll run straight into the cave’s first Light of Ruin Grunts.

After you and your Rival beat them, you’ll spot a tunnel in the wall leading to Crystal Peak’s exterior.

Crystal Peak – Exterior

Points of Interest
Final Confrontation
Exits and Passages
Crystal Peak Exterior Slopes to 1F Main Chamber
Crystal Peak Exterior Summit to 5F Antechamber
Items
Slopes
Nugget
X Defense
Full Restore (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Escape Rope (hidden)
Summit
Green Shard (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon (Exterior)
Drifblim Ghost/Flying
Rufflet Normal/Flying
Vullaby Dark/Flying
Absol Dark/Flying

Exterior Slopes

No trainers out here, but wild Pokémon can still reach you — head west up the blue crystals to find another way into the mountain. Climb those, then a longer set of orange crystals. On the ledge, take the yellow crystals north, then climb the blue crystals on the right.

Keep going — a yellow crystal climb, then an orange one — and you’ll see the entrance into upper Crystal Peak. Head inside and you’re on 2F.

Crystal Peak – Middle Floors

Points of Interest
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair B
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair C
Pokémon Storage Porygon
Tao Dragon Double Battle
Exits and Passages
2F Middle Chamber to Crystal Peak Exterior Slopes
2F Middle Chamber to 3F Dragon Chamber
3F Dragon Chamber to 4F Jail Chamber
Trainers
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair B
Carbink Rock/Fairy (Lv.53)
Clefable Ghost/Flying (Lv.54)
Sylveon Fairy (Lv.54)
Shiinotic Grass/Fairy (Lv.54)
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair C
Aromatisse Fairy (Lv.54)
Slurpuff Fairy (Lv.54)
Alolan Ninetales Ice/Fairy (Lv.55)
Ribombee Bug/Fairy (Lv.54)

Crystal Peak – 2F Middle Chamber

Much of this floor is inaccessible, so the route is simple. Two Light of Ruin grunts guard a western passage — beat them and head through. Follow the passage up a couple of crystal Rock Climb walls to the next floor’s ladder.

Crystal Peak – 3F Dragon Chamber

Another linear floor — ignore the optional side path. Surf north across the pond and follow the winding passage to more Grunts. Jax has apparently already been through and beaten them — but they’re still ready for a rematch with you.

At the very end of the passage you’ll find a Porygon for swapping Pokémon, and all the signs of a boss room ahead.

Dragon Showdown

The Light of Ruin want to stall you, so Hoopa has summoned the legendaries Zekrom and Reshiram — you and your Rival face them in a Double Battle. The dragons scale to your level, so this can be brutal. If you’ve got that Alolan Ninetales holding Icium Z, use it to delete Zekrom immediately and even the odds.

Tao Dragons Double Battle
Reshiram Dragon/Fire (level scaled)
Zekrom Dragon/Electric (level scaled)

Beat the dragons and it still isn’t over: Ivory comes down to battle you herself — after knocking out her own son first.

Light of Ruin Admin Ivory
Mismagius Ghost (Lv.57)
Incineroar Fire/Dark (Lv.58)
Mandibuzz Dark/Flying (Lv.57)
Alakazam (Mega) Psychic (Lv.58)

After beating her, Ivory retreats and your Rival recovers, ready to push to the summit. When the cutscene ends, take the ladder to 4F.

Crystal Peak – Upper Floors

Points of Interest
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair D
Marlon and Melony
Light of Grunt Line of Sight Puzzle
Healing Chansey and Pokémon Storage Porygon
Exits and Passages
4F Jail Chamber to 3F Dragon Chamber
4F Jail Chamber to 5F Antechamber
5F Antechamber to Crystal Peak Exterior Summit
Items
PP Up
Trainers
Light of Ruin Grunt Pair D
Mimikyu Ghost/Fairy (Lv.55)
Togekiss Fairy/Flying (Lv.55)
Gardevoir Psychic/Fairy (Lv.56)

Crystal Peak – 4F Jail Chamber

A permanent sandstorm rages here, chipping any battler that isn’t Rock, Steel or Ground-type. Cross the pond east and you’ll hit a final pair of Grunts — they’re guarding some familiar prisoners. A small boulder puzzle blocks the way:

  1. Push the middle boulder north once.
  2. Rock Smash the east rock.
  3. Push the right boulder east to the wall.
  4. Push the upper boulder west to the wall.

Path clear. Marlon and Melony are trapped behind another boulder that Marlon’s Krookodile can’t shift from that side — your Rival helps them out. You’ll receive the Prison Bottle, to use on Hoopa if you get the chance.

Marlon warns you the guard ahead has hypnotic powers — you’ll need to slip past unseen. Walk east to a pond and surf across. On the far side, smash all the rocks — staying out of the Grunt’s line of sight — then push the boulder east so it sits just southwest of him. Push it north and it blocks his view. Climb the ladder to the top floor.

Crystal Peak – 5F Antechamber

A Healing Chansey and Pokémon Storage Porygon confirm this is the beginning of the end — heal and reorganize as needed. When you’re ready, step outside to the summit.

Crystal Peak – Exterior Summit

Head up the first stairs outside and Jax and Arthur stop you — they’re hiding, planning stealth. Wait until Aklove appears, then make your move.

The Ultimate Weapon is here — a massive crystal structure once housed in Kalos. Before Aklove can fire it, Jax springs his trap and everyone rushes in. Aklove sends Hoopa at you, and Hoopa brings Mega Rayquaza for backup. No worries — the Icium Z trick works on Rayquaza just as well as it did on Zekrom.

Hoopa and Rayquaza Double Battle
Hoopa Unbound Psychic/Dark (level scaled)
Rayquaza (Mega) Dragon/Flying (level scaled)

Defeated, Hoopa panics and starts tearing open portals everywhere — that may cause trouble later. But you grab the Prison Bottle just in time and seal it back into its Confined Forme.

Getting Hoopa

As Aros’ child, the Hoopa is yours by right — it joins your team (or a Box, if full). Use the Prison Bottle on it to switch between Confined and Unbound Formes.

Reward Pokémon
Hoopa Confined Psychic/Ghost (Lv.60)

No time to rest — the Ultimate Weapon still needs shutting down for good.

Facing Aklove

Make for the weapon’s controls and Aklove stops you. Time to take him down.

Light of Ruin Leader Double Battle
Aklove
Klefki Steel/Fairy (Lv.56)
Primarina Water/Fairy (Lv.57)
Raichu Electric (Lv.57)
Gardevoir Psychic/Fairy (Lv.58)
Roserade Grass/Poison (Lv.57)

Aklove takes defeat about as well as Hoopa did — freaking out, he shoves past you to fire the Ultimate Weapon anyway, and it blasts Dresco Town! But before anyone can react, an unexpected arrival changes everything.

Unbeknownst to Aklove, Zeph snuck in and rewired the weapon’s controls while nobody was looking — switching it from ‘destroy’ to ‘create’. The beam was harmless to Dresco Town, and with no Shadow Warriors left, the weapon is out of energy. The Light of Ruin are finished.

Aklove is handed over to Arthur and the Pokémon Rangers — and so is Zeph — but Marlon walks free. You’d think it’s over… but one last battle remains, and it’s a Double Battle. Marlon is your final Crystal Peak opponent — to prove to your Rival you can take him down together.

Marlon
Krookodile Ground/Dark (Lv.58)
Cacturne Grass/Dark (Lv.56)
Sharpedo (Mega) Water/Dark (Lv.57)
Dusknoir Ghost (Lv.57)
Roserade Grass/Poison (Lv.57)

After You Win

With Crystal Peak settled, it’s time for the main story’s final challenge — the Pokémon League. The Redwood Gym holds the last Badge you need; reach it by heading east from Magnolia Town. But first, there’s a very special item to collect.

Obtaining the Master Ball

Remember the old couple in Epidimy Town, keeping something for the Guardian of Borrius? Possessing Hoopa is what qualifies someone for that title — and that’s you now. The treasure they’ve guarded for Aros’ successor is the Master Ball. Use it wisely.

Then, when you’re ready, fly back to Magnolia Town and head east — time to earn that final badge.

Part 36

Magnolia Fields, Redwood Village & Redwood Gym

Magnolia Fields, Redwood Village & Redwood Gym

The final Badge is in Redwood Village, and the only way there is through Magnolia Fields. Cross the fields, explore the village — including a lucrative babysitting gig — then conquer the Redwood Gym’s time-bending gimmick for the Time Badge.

  • Explore the Magnolia Fields
  • Visit Redwood Village and explore
  • Challenge the Redwood Gym to obtain the Time Badge

Magnolia Fields

Points of Interest
HiHorsepower Trainer
Rancher Carter
Safari Zone Mission
Fisherman Jasper
Rancher Molly
Jogger Beck
Savanna Vivillon
Swimmer Darcie
Bug Catcher Brent
Exits
Magnolia Town
Redwood Village
Items
Heart Scale (hidden)
Net Ball
Zinc
Zygarde Cell
Max Repel (hidden)
Elixir (hidden)
Max Potion
Zygarde Cell
Rare Candy (hidden)
TM22 Solar Beam
X Sp. Def
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Tranquill Normal/Flying Day and Night
Furfrou Normal Day and Night
Mudsdale Ground Day and Night
Gogoat Grass Day and Night
Miltank Normal Day and Night
Tauros Normal Day and Night
Noctowl Normal/Flying Night
Surfing
Frillish Water/Ghost
Pelipper Water/Flying
Jellicent Water/Ghost
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Good Rod)
Wailmer Water (Good Rod)
Wailord Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Qwilfish Water/Poison (Super Rod)
Trainers
Rancher Carter
Furfrou Normal (Lv.55)
Mudsdale Ground (Lv.56)
Tauros Normal (Lv.57)
Fisherman Jasper
Qwilfish Water/Poison (Lv.55)
Qwilfish Water/Poison (Lv.57)
Rancher Molly
Furfrou Normal (Lv.55)
Gogoat Grass (Lv.56)
Miltank Normal (Lv.57)
Jogger Beck
Unfezant Normal/Flying (Lv.57)
Unfezant Normal/Flying (Lv.56)
Swimmer Darcie
Jellicent Water/Ghost (Lv.57)
Bug Catcher Brent
Pineco Bug (Lv.56)
Scyther Bug/Flying (Lv.57)

The final League Badge is in Redwood Village, and the only way there is across Magnolia Fields. The first person you meet is a move tutor who’ll teach a Pokémon High Horsepower for 3 Yellow Shards.

A New Mission

The road may end here, but the path doesn’t. Go south into a long trail through trees and long grass — Rancher Carter will probably run into you along the way. You’ll reach a fork in the forest path; for now, go north, following the trees until you see a Trainer Tips sign and another choice.

Take the west path through the trees to a man with orange hair who has a mission for you: catch 25 Pokémon in a single Safari Zone session. With only 30 balls total, that’s a tall order even on Easy — but the reward is 30 Beast Balls, perfect for catching Ultra Beasts in the endgame.

Finding a Vivillon

Head back to the first fork near Rancher Carter and go east through the long grass to the shoreline and Fisherman Jasper. Surf east in the lower water channel to a barren patch of land — apparently this route’s Guardian Pokémon is gone, and the area is slowly dying.

Rancher Molly takes her anger out on you; beat her, then move east and surf to the far shore. Jogger Beck is waiting on the other side. Head southeast to a small passage leading to a southern clearing — one of the 19 Vivillon the Magnolia Town collector told you about is here. You can beat it or try to catch it, though the catch rate on these is cranked way up, so expect a struggle.

That’s this section done — return to the Trainer Tips sign on the west bank and head north to continue.

Continuing Forward

Redwood Village is to the east, but you’ll need the northern water passage to reach it. Cut down a small tree, walk northeast to the shore, and surf east through the rocks — you’ll likely run into Swimmer Darcie on the way. Past her, it’s a long surf to the northeast shore, where Bug Catcher Brent greets you with a battle. Continue east to the Redwood Village entrance, then east into the trees — welcome to Redwood, a small, dark, wooded area.

Redwood Village

Points of Interest
Pokémon Center
Poke Mart
Babysitting House
Breeder House
Cleanse Tag Medium
Magikarp Mission House
Redwood Gym
Exits and Passages
Magnolia Fields
Redwood Forest
Items
Tanga Berry
Zygarde Cell
TM102 Dazzle Gleam
Wild Pokémon
Headbutt
Aipom Normal
Pineco Bug
Scyther Bug/Flying
Pinsir Bug
Heracross Bug/Fighting

Redwood Village is small, but it holds the League’s final Gym — worth a look around. If you have a Pokémon that knows Headbutt, use it on the trees here for various wild encounters. Tip: there’s no Headbutt TM in the game, but Pokémon like Litleo and Cubone learn it by leveling.

In the Pokémon Center, talk to the woman on the west wall — she wants to see a Pokémon holding Charcoal. Grab Tepig from the house on Route 5 that gives away Unova starters (it holds Charcoal), show it to her, and she’ll give you a Luck Incense.

If you’re doing the trading mission, the main game’s final trade is on the east side of the Pokémon Center: Balogna wants a Zweilous for a Lampent.

Pokémon Trade
Balogna offers:
Lampent Ghost/Fire
You offer:
Zweilous Dark/Dragon found in Crystal Peak

When you’re done healing and shopping, head east along the main road.

Babysitting for Quick Cash

Go into the house in the village’s northeast corner — between 7am and 7pm — for an unusual request: your babysitting services, just for a minute or two. Say yes and you’ll be walking around Redwood Village with a baby in tow. Take the little one for a spin for a couple of minutes, then return to the house — you’ll get a very respectable P10,000. Not bad!

Next, visit the house south of the Pokémon Center, against the village’s west edge.

The Breeders House

A couple of Breeders live here: the woman speeds up all Eggs in your party for a fee that rises each time you use it. Got Eggs you don’t want? The male Breeder buys them for P2000 each.

Other Items To Get

Talk to the old woman wandering the south end of town for a Cleanse Tag. The southeast house has a Hip Waders fisherman club member with a mission for members: catch as many Magikarp as you can — easy with an Old Rod. Fill a whole Box with them and you’ll earn a Shiny Magikarp.

Reward Pokémon
Magikarp (Shiny) Water

With the village done, it’s time for the League’s last Gym.

Redwood Gym – Time Badge

The Redwood Gym is a Bug-type Gym — a pushover for Fire, Flying and Rock-types, right? Well, yes. But that’s not the only mechanic here. The gimmick: to earn the Time Badge, you’ll fight Pokémon that don’t faint — they regress to their pre-evolution instead, until they run out of forms. Most Pokémon here have two or three phases.

This applies to your team too — they return to normal after each battle — but beware: devolving Pokémon can forget moves and get weaker.

Gym Trainers
Ace Trainer Daisy
Accelgor Bug (Lv.58) devolves to Shelmet Bug (Lv.58)
Scolipede Bug/Poison (Lv.58) devolves to Whirlipede Bug/Poison (Lv.58) devolves to Venipede Bug/Poison (Lv.58)
Ninja Bug Fuller
Ariados Bug/Poison (Lv.57) devolves to Spinarak Bug/Poison (Lv.57)
Expert Tizzy
Yanmega Bug/Flying (Lv.58) devolves to Yanma Bug/Flying (Lv.58)
Vikavolt Bug/Electric (Lv.58) devolves to Charjabug Bug/Electric (Lv.58) devolves to Grubbin Bug (Lv.58)
Bug Catcher Curtis
Beedrill Bug/Poison (Lv.58) devolves to Kakuna Bug/Poison (Lv.58) devolves to Weedle Bug/Poison (Lv.58)

The Gym Puzzle

Four trainers stand between you and Benjamin, each in their own room — and each room has a button set in a rock. After beating all four, you’ll need to press the buttons in a specific order to open the final room. The trainers hint at the order, but you can work it out two ways:

  • The themes of the rooms each trainer is in – each represent a major story dungeon. You have to go backwards through the story to get the order, so that would be Crystal Peak – Thundercap Mountain – Cinder Volcano – Icicle Cave.
  • Or, like Benjamin Button – you simply push them in reverse order of the trainers’ ages: elderly Expert Tizzy – adult Ace Trainer Daisy – teenager Bug Catcher Curtis – child Ninja Boy Fuller.

Here’s the correct button order:

Button Order
Expert Tizzy’s Room (Crystal Peak)
Ace Trainer Daisy’s Room (Thundercap Mountain)
Bug Catcher Curtis’ Room (Cinder Volcano)
Ninja Boy Fuller’s Room (Icicle Cave)

Push them in order and you’re ready for Borrius’s final Gym Leader.

Redwood Gym Leader – Benjamin

Benjamin puts up a real fight despite the Bug theme — his bugs are all interesting dual-types, and Drapion isn’t even technically Bug-type (though it evolves from one).

Gym Leader Benjamin
Araquanid Water/Bug (Lv.59) devolves to Dewpider Water/Bug (Lv.59)
Scizor (Mega) Bug/Steel (Lv.60) devolves to Scyther Bug/Flying (Lv.60)
Drapion Poison/Dark (Lv.61) devolves to Skorupi Poison/Bug (Lv.61)
Butterfree Bug/Flying (Lv.60) devolves to Metapod Bug (Lv.60) devolves to Caterpie Bug (Lv.60)

Beat Benjamin for TM49 Leech Fang… and he ‘devolves’ too — into a little kid. Fitting, for the bestower of the Time Badge.

After You Win

Nothing stands between you and the Pokémon League now — except Victory Road, of course. The trail starts east of Gurun Town, so fly there to begin.

Part 37

Route 18 & Pre-League Grind

Route 18 & Pre-League Grind

All eight Badges in hand — you’re eligible for the Pokémon League. But first: an optional grind at the Camomons Battle House, the full Route 18 crossing, its Route Master, and the approach to Victory Road.

  • Challenge the Camomons Battle House (optional)
  • Explore Route 18 and defeat the Route Master
  • Approach Victory Road

Camomons Battle House (Optional)

You have all eight Badges and can enter the Pokémon League — but if your team needs more training, the Camomons Battle House in Seaport City is now open. Every battle uses the ‘Camomons’ ruleset: the same one from the Polder Gym, where each Pokémon’s types change to match the types of its first two moves.

Battle House Trainers italics = typing under Camomons ruleset
Ninja Boy Suryu
Dugtrio Ground (Lv.53)
Spinarak Poison (Lv.51)
Skuntank Dark/Poison (Lv.53)
Armaldo Rock/Water (Lv.54)
Ruin Maniac Abraham (Double Battle)
Rampardos Normal/Rock (Lv.54)
Carracosta Water (Lv.51)
Tyrantrum Dark/Dragon (Lv.53)
Kabutops Water/Rock (Lv.53)
Rancher Rangalik (Double Battle)
Purugly Normal (Lv.53)
Jumpluff Bug/Grass (Lv.52)
Raichu Normal/Psychic (Lv.52)
Blaziken Fire (Lv.54)
Pokefan Fatisimo
Pikachu Psychic/Electric (Lv.54)
Porygon-Z Normal/Electric (Lv.54)
Hitmonlee Normal/Fighting (Lv.53)
Mothim Flying/Bug (Lv.51)
Aroma Lady Paulinda (Double Battle)
Illumise Normal/Bug (Lv.52)
Volbeat Normal/Bug (Lv.52)
Sceptile Dragon/Grass (Lv.54)
Parasect Grass/Bug (Lv.54)
Tuber Reetah
Simipour Normal (Lv.54)
Omanyte Water/Normal (Lv.51)
Swampert Psychic/Water (Lv.54)
Ducklett Flying/Water (Lv.51)

When your team feels ready for the long haul through Victory Road, fly to Gurun Town and surf east into Route 18.

Route 18

Points of Interest
Swimmer Elsie
Swimmer Darrin
Psychic Preston
Black Belt Daisuke
Marine Vivillon
Swimmer Spencer
Swimmer Faye
Fisherman Darian
Swimmer Aimee
Fisherman Stan
Ninja Boy Hayden
Max Repel Boy
Pokemon Center
Money Tree Rancher
Badge Checkpoint
Ace Trainer Shannon
Ace Trainer Colby
Route Master Reena
Exits
Gurun Town
Victory Road
Items
Twisted Spoon (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Soft Sand (hidden)
Hyper Potion
Focus Sash (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Roseli Berry (hidden)
TM59 Dragon Pulse
Max Revive
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Long Grass
Persian Normal Day and Night
Bouffalant Normal Day and Night
Sudowoodo Rock Day and Night
Happiny Normal Day and Night
Farfetch’d Normal/Flying Day
Noctowl Normal/Flying Night
Skuntank Poison/Dark Night
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantine Water/Flying
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Remoraid Water (Good Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Good Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Octillery Water (Super Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Corsola Water/Rock (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Rock Smash
Binacle Rock/Water
Geodude Rock/Ground
Corsola Water/Rock
Krabby Water
Kingler Water
Trainers
Swimmer Elsie
Lumineon Water (Lv.43)
Swimmer Darrin
Mantine Water/Flying (Lv.43)
Tentacruel Water/Poison (Lv.42)
Wishiwashi Water (Lv.41)
Tentacruel Water/Poison (Lv.42)
Psychic Preston
Gallade Psychic/Fight (Lv.43)
Black Belt Daisuke
Hitmonlee Fighting (Lv.41)
Medicham Fight/Psychic (Lv.42)
Scrafty Dark/Fighting (Lv.43)
Swimmer Spencer
Kingdra Water/Dragon (Lv.42)
Corsola Water/Rock (Lv.42)
Swimmer Faye
Swanna Water/Flying (Lv.41)
Azumarill Water/Fairy (Lv.43)
Fisherman Darian
Gyarados Water/Flying (Lv.53)
Kingdra Water/Dragon (Lv.42)
Swimmer Aimee
Starmie Water/Psychic (Lv.43)
Vaporeon Water (Lv.42)
Alomomola Water (Lv.44)
Fisherman Stan
Octillery Water (Lv.41)
Crawdaunt Water/Dark (Lv.42)
Wailord Water (Lv.42)
Ninja Boy Hayden
Skuntank Poison/Dark (Lv.41)
Dugtrio Ground (Lv.41)
Ace Trainer Shannon
Persian Normal (Lv.58)
Farfetch’d Normal/Flying (Lv.60)
Bouffalant Normal (Lv.59)
Ace Trainer Colby
Haxorus Dragon (Lv.59)
Rhyperior Ground/Dark (Lv.60)
Alolan Dugtrio Ground/Steel (Lv.58)

First things first: Route 18 has a Route Master, so hunt down every trainer here. Swimmer Elsie guards the first stretch of water, between the shore and the first rocky island. Past the rock you’ll see Swimmer Darrin — plus an opening in the barrier to the north. Surf into it and head west first.

A lone trainer waits on a sand island: Psychic Preston. Beat him, then surf east to the pocket’s other side. You’ll find a Black Belt here, and the Marine Vivillon too — defeat it for the mission (or try catching it). Then head back through the opening into the main channel and continue east.

Another swimmer blocks the path — clear him out and keep surfing east through the long ocean passage. Eventually you’ll reach another rock with Swimmer Faye lurking nearby. Southeast of Faye is an island holding the Route Master — you can’t challenge her until every other Route 18 trainer is beaten, so note the spot.

Surf through the gap just east of her to another sand island. Challenge Fisherman Darian here, then return to the main passage. A long stretch of empty water follows — at the end, Swimmer Aimee waits at the foot of a giant waterfall: the gate to the Pokémon League.

Before climbing, go east to one last sand island with two trainers: Fisherman Stan in the open, and Ninja Boy Hayden hiding in a sand mound. Beat both, then climb the waterfall.

The Victory Road Pokecenter

Not quite Victory Road yet — just a little further. Jump ashore and head north to a Pokémon Center that doubles as a fast-travel point — a welcome sight after all those trainers. Tip: the man outside gives you 10 Max Repels if you’re sick of wild encounters.

The cameraman inside offers one of the game’s most demanding missions: beat the Elite Four with a single-type team — eighteen times, once per type. Save that for deep endgame, if ever. The rewards are hefty though:

  • 1,000BP for the Battle Frontier
  • 18 Big Nuggets
  • And a HeartGold/SoulSilver costume for the Costume Box

Head back outside and go north. Talk to the Rancher behind a raised hill just north of the Center and answer ‘no’ to her question for P1000 — repeatable daily.

Victory Road proper starts at the checkpoint west of the Pokémon Center, where a policeman checks your Badges. Show all eight and he steps aside. Keep north past Ace Trainer Shannon, climb some stairs, and beat the route’s final trainer — Ace Trainer Colby, near the Trainer Tips sign.

With every Route 18 challenger beaten, head back to the rock and take on the Route Master.

Route Master Battle

Reena is the Route Master here, and her team is no joke.

Route Master – Mega Trainer Reena
Tsareena Grass (Lv.59)
Rapidash Fire (Lv.60)
Milotic Water (Lv.60)
Dragonite Dragon/Flying (Lv.61)
Sableye (Mega) Dark/Ghost (Lv.61)

Defeat her and the Sablenite Mega Stone is yours.

Victory Road Approach

Back at Victory Road, a familiar old man waits at the cave entrance: Professor Log, wishing you luck and handing over some useful items:

  • 2 Blue Shards
  • 2 Red Shards
  • 2 Yellow Shards
  • 2 Green Shards

You can trade these with move tutors all across Borrius. The main part of Victory Road runs through the cave — and the Pokémon League waits at the far end.

Part 38

Victory Road

Victory Road

The last obstacle between you and the Pokémon League: Victory Road’s caverns, a hedge maze, a snowy ascent, and one final ice puzzle. Long, dangerous, and absolutely worth it.

  • Enter the Victory Road caverns
  • Solve the hedge maze
  • Climb the Upper Ascent
  • Conquer the final ice puzzle
  • Arrive at the Pokémon League

Victory Road – Lower Caverns

Points of Interest
Healing Chansey
Battle Girl Xiao
Ace Trainer Paul
Ace Trainer Brooke
Black Belt Yoshi
Psychic Gregory
Boulder Puzzle Switch
Super Nerd Avery
Pokémon Ranger Shanta
Exits
1F
Route 18
Ladder Down to B1F
Ladder Up to 2F
B1F
Ladder Up to 1F
2F
Ladder Down to 1F
Victory Road Hedge Maze
Items
1F
Dragon Scale
Dusk Ball (hidden)
B1F
Max Elixir (hidden)
2F
Rare Candy
Max Revive (hidden)
Full Restore (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon (1F)
Cave
Golbat Poison/Flying
Boldore Rock
Durant Bug/Steel
Surfing
Lumineon Water
Golbat Poison/Flying
Marill Water/Fairy
Azumarill Water/Fairy
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Finneon Water (Good Rod)
Psyduck Water (Good Rod)
Lumineon Water (Super Rod)
Golduck Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Wild Pokémon (B1F)
Cave
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Graveler Rock/Ground
Durant Bug/Steel
Surfing
Lumineon Water
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Marill Water/Fairy
Azumarill Water/Fairy
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Finneon Water (Good Rod)
Psyduck Water (Good Rod)
Lumineon Water (Super Rod)
Golduck Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Wild Pokémon (2F)
Cave
Druddigon Dragon
Turtonator Fire/Dragon
Drampa Normal/Dragon
Surfing
Lumineon Water
Golbat Poison/Flying
Marill Water/Fairy
Azumarill Water/Fairy
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Finneon Water (Good Rod)
Psyduck Water (Good Rod)
Lumineon Water (Super Rod)
Golduck Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Trainers
Battle Girl Xiao
Mienshao Fighting (Lv.58)
Throh Fighting (Lv.59)
Ace Trainer Paul
Alolan Marowak Fire/Ghost (Lv.59)
Exploud Normal (Lv.60)
Ambipom Normal (Lv.59)
Ace Trainer Brooke
Wobbuffet Psychic (Lv.60)
Mismagius Ghost (Lv.58)
Lilligant Grass (Lv.58)
Black Belt Yoshi
Crabrawler Fighting (Lv.58)
Conkeldurr Fighting (Lv.60)
Heracross Bug/Fighting (Lv.59)
Pinsir Bug (Lv.59)
Psychic Gregory
Swoobat Psychic (Lv.60)
Super Nerd Avery
Amoonguss Grass/Poison (Lv.58)
Honedge Steel/Ghost (Lv.58)
Blitzle Electric (Lv.58)
Shelgon Dragon (Lv.59)

Victory Road – 1F

The Victory Road caverns are all that stands between you and the Pokémon League. It’s a long, dangerous path — but something at the entrance helps: a Chansey that heals your team. Just keep coming back to it if the trainers get overwhelming.

The way to the second floor is blocked for now, so climb the rocks down to the east. You’ll see a ladder leading to the basement — and a puzzle you’ll need to solve before the upper levels open up.

Victory Road – B1F

Down the ladder, go south and surf into the pond. The pond becomes a waterfall — ride it down to the cavern’s lower section. This whole basement is tiered balconies full of trainers; you need the east side of the top section.

Walk past the staircase to a climbable wall — up it, and Ace Trainer Paul challenges you. Beat him, go east along the ledge to another wall, climb it, then head west and climb a third rock wall to the top level and Ace Trainer Brooke.

After that battle, walk east to a one-way ledge, jump it, and continue east.

The Boulder Puzzle

You’ll see a boulder that needs rolling all the way down three sets of stairs onto a button. Don’t wedge it somewhere unrecoverable — if you do, reset by changing floors and coming back. Two trainers challenge you on the way down, Black Belt Yoshi first.

It’s usually smarter to battle trainers before they spot you mid-push, since they can wreck your route. Beat Psychic Gregory and roll the boulder to the bottom level. Once it’s on the button, the 2F ladder on 1F unblocks — head back up the waterfall to the Chansey bridge.

Return to 1F

Cross the bridge north past Super Nerd Avery, then take the stairs down to the water. Surf south, then east under the bridge, aiming for the northeast shore on the far side. The two rocks that blocked access before are gone now — you’re free to head to 2F.

Victory Road – 2F

On the second floor, head north across a small pond. You’ll pass a trainer you can ignore if you like — keep north, climb the stairs into a tunnel, and follow it to a cave opening outside.

Victory Road – Hedge Maze

Points of Interest
Tamer Phil and Dragon Tamer Pierce
Kindler Elmer and Bug Maniac Webster
Pokémon Ranger Jamie
Tuber Elle and Aroma Lady Mya
Exits
(south) Victory Road 2F
(north) Victory Road 3F
Items
Green Shard (hidden)
Full Restore
TM01 Focus Punch (hidden)
Rare Candy (hidden)
Dragon Fang
Zygarde Cell
Wild Pokémon
Wild Grass
Heatmor Fire
Roselia Grass/Poison
Chansey Normal
Lurantis Grass
Jigglypuff Normal/Fairy
Surfing
Floatzel Water
Basculin Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Good Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Trainers
Tamer Phil and Dragon Tamer Pierce
Arcanine Fire (Lv.59)
Druddigon Dragon (Lv.60)
Mightyena Dark (Lv.59)
Drampa Normal/Dragon (Lv.59)
Hakamo-o Dragon/Fighting (Lv.59)
Kindler Elmer
Heatmor Fire (Lv.59)
Durant Bug/Steel (Lv.59)
Durant Bug/Steel (Lv.59)
Durant Bug/Steel (Lv.60)
Pokemon Ranger Jamie
Carnivine Grass (Lv.59)
Slowking Water/Psychic (Lv.60)
Tuber Elle and Aroma Lady Mya
Wigglytuff Normal/Fairy (Lv.60)
Lurantis Grass (Lv.60)
Morelull Grass/Fairy (Lv.58)
Sunflora Grass (Lv.59)

Hedge Maze Tutorial

You’re about halfway through Victory Road — time for a break from caves. You’re in a wooded area now; head north into a giant hedge maze. Here’s the step-by-step:

Take the east path and follow it to a fork. Unless you want a Double Battle, take the left path and continue north. At the walled-in long grass, head east then north to another junction. From there, take the lower of the two paths west.

You’ll reach a four-way junction — take the southern path, and it winds all the way around the maze’s upper section until you’re free. A cave opening at the maze’s end leads to the caverns’ third floor.

Victory Road – 3F

Points of Interest
Ace Trainers Roland and Austina
Expert Beckett
Pokémon Ranger Al
Pokémon Ranger Chaundra
Exits
(south) Victory Road Hedge Maze
Victory Road Upper Ascent
Items
Nugget
Dragon Gem (hidden)
Zygarde Cell
Max Revive (hidden)
Razor Fang
Dusk Ball (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Woobat Psychic/Flying
Durant Bug/Steel
Turtonator Fire/Dragon
Drampa Normal/Dragon
Hakamo-o Dragon/Fighting
Trainers
Ace Trainers Roland and Austina
Simisage Grass (Lv.59)
Eelektross Electric (Lv.59)
Chatot Normal/Flying (Lv.61)
Araquanid Water/Bug (Lv.61)
Expert Beckett
Ferrothorn Grass/Steel (Lv.60)
Vanilluxe Ice (Lv.61)
Pokemon Ranger Al
Electabuzz Electric (Lv.59)
Heliolisk Electric/Normal (Lv.61)
Pokemon Ranger Chaundra
Magmortar Fire (Lv.61)

Inside, go west — two Ace Trainers are waiting to ambush you in a Double Battle. Beat them and continue west, then climb the stairs to a raised platform. For the shortest way out, take the north stairs, then go west to Pokémon Ranger Chaundra.

After beating her, head through the cave opening back outside — it’s suddenly much colder.

Victory Road – Upper Ascent

Points of Interest
Ace Trainer Gilbert
Ace Trainer Julie
Kyurem Cave
Polar Vivillon
Mega Trainers Portia and Sterling
Exits
(south) Victory Road 3F
(north) Victory Road 4F
Items
Zygarde Cell
Life Orb
Blue Shard (hidden)
Moon Stone
Max Elixir (hidden)
Full Restore (hidden)
TM02 Dragon Claw (hidden)
Gengarite
PP Max (Kyurem’s Cave)
Wild Pokémon (Upper Ascent)
Wild Grass
Heatmor Fire
Roselia Grass/Poison
Chansey Normal
Lurantis Grass
Jigglypuff Normal/Fairy
Surfing
Floatzel Water
Basculin Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Good Rod)
Luvdisc Water (Super Rod)
Bruxish Water/Psychic (Super Rod)
Wild Pokémon (Kyurem’s Cave)
Cave
Golbat Poison/Flying
Hariyama Fighting
Sealeo Ice/Water
Jynx Ice/Psychic
Avalugg Ice
Glalie Ice
Piloswine Ice/Ground
Surfing
Dewgong Water/Ice
Sealeo Ice/Water
Lapras Water/Ice
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Seel Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Good Rod)
Dewgong Water/Ice (Super Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Trainers
Ace Trainer Gilbert
Avalugg Ice (Lv.59)
Blissey Normal (Lv.60)
Beartic Ice (Lv.61)
Ace Trainer Julie
Hippowdon Ground (Lv.60)
Stoutland Normal (Lv.61)
Lycanroc Rock (Lv.59)
Mega Trainers Portia and Sterling
Typhlosion Fire (Lv.60)
Meganium Grass (Lv.60)
Charizard (Mega, Y) Fire/Flying (Lv.60)
Venusaur (Mega) Grass/Poison (Lv.60)

You’re on the mountain’s upper snowy slopes now, closer to the League than ever. Walk west and north up the stairs — Ace Trainer Gilbert greets you first. Continue north through snowy grass and more stairs to Ace Trainer Julie, then past her up a longer staircase to the upper ledge.

Walk east. Going north leads to Victory Road’s final stretch, but it’s guarded by a pair of Mega Trainers who won’t go down easy. Before facing them, climb down the southern rocks for a detour: a cave that’ll matter in the post-game — for now, just some useful Pokémon to catch. The Polar Vivillon is east of the cave entrance, ready to be caught or beaten for the Magnolia Town mission.

When you’re done, go back to the Mega Trainers — the last trainers before the Pokémon League, with a heavy Double Battle team. Beat them and head north into Victory Road’s last cavern.

Victory Road – 4F

Points of Interest
Teleport Psychic
Exits
(south) Victory Road Upper Ascent
(north) Pokémon League
Items
Protector (hidden)
Rare Candy (hidden)
Ice Stone (hidden)
Rockium Z (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Cave
Golbat Poison/Flying
Hariyama Fighting
Sealeo Ice/Water
Jynx Ice/Psychic
Avalugg Ice
Glalie Ice
Piloswine Ice/Ground

That’s right — one last ice puzzle stands between you and the League. And it’s a tricky one.

The Ice Puzzle

Follow these steps to solve it:

  1. Slide north from the left stair tile, to a tall rock.
  2. Slide west to a rock.
  3. Slide north to the wall.
  4. Slide east along the wall to a rock.
  5. Slide south the full length of the ice to a rock.
  6. Slide east to the wall.
  7. Slide south to a rock in the corner.
  8. Slide west to a rock.
  9. Slide north to a platform on the ice.
  10. Slide east the length of the ice to a platform on the other side.
  11. Slide north to another platform.
  12. Slide west to a rock.
  13. Slide south to a platform on the ice.
  14. Slide east to a rock.
  15. Slide south to a rock — this one hides a Rockium Z, handy for a strong Rock-type attacker.
  16. Slide west to an ice platform.
  17. Slide north to a rock.
  18. Slide west to a final rock.
  19. Slide north to the exit, at last.

Ice puzzle conquered — you’re free to head for Victory Road’s exit. Pass through the hole in the cavern wall and you’ll be at the Pokémon League.

Exiting Victory Road

After eight Gym battles and a journey across all of Borrius, you’re finally here. Time to take that Pokémon Championship crown.

Part 39

The Pokémon League

The Pokémon League

You’ve made it to the Borrius Pokémon League. Four Elite Four members, one final challenger, and the Championship title on the line — then the credits roll and the massive post-game begins.

  • Enter the Pokémon League
  • Defeat the Elite Four
  • Challenge the final opponent
  • Become the new Borrius Pokémon Champion
  • Open the post-game challenges

Pokémon League

You’ve finally made it to the Borrius Pokémon League! After taking down the Shadows and the Light of Ruin, beating eight Gyms across Borrius and making a name for yourself, you’re here to challenge for the vacant Championship.

To win, you must beat all five trainers without returning to the lobby — stock up on Revives and Full Restores first. Talk to the man guarding the door to begin. The Elite Four can be fought in any order, but left to right keeps it simple. Once all four fall, the path to the Champion opens.

Even on the easiest difficulty, League trainers scale to your team’s level — grinding won’t help. Strong moves and smart type matchups are everything. The first door on the left leads to Moleman, the Ground trainer.

Elite Four – Moleman (Ground)

Moleman runs an all-Ground team. Ground moves hit Electric, Fire, Poison, Rock and Steel super effectively — and Ground-types fold to Grass, Ice and Water.

Elite Four Moleman (Double Battle)
Excadrill Ground/Steel (level scales)
Flygon Ground/Dragon (level scales)
Gliscor Ground/Flying (level scales)
Quagsire Water/Ground (level scales)

This is the League’s first Double Battle, so bring two Pokémon that can take Moleman’s hits. Alolan Ninetales with Icium Z helps — though not against Excadrill. Stay flexible on matchups and watch for heavy hitters like Earthquake.

Moleman beaten — head back to the hallway, then through the next door (just left of the middle statues) to challenge Elias.

Elite Four – Elias (Ghost)

The League’s trainer shortage is apparently so dire they revived a dead member as a zombie — meet Elias, the Ghost-type trainer. Ghost moves shred Ghost and Psychic-types; Ghost Pokémon themselves fear Ghost and Dark moves.

Elite Four Elias
Mimikyu Ghost/Fairy (level scales)
Aegislash Steel/Ghost (level scales)
Chandelure Ghost/Fire (level scales)
Banette (Mega) Ghost (level scales)

It’s a singles battle, which may feel easier than Moleman — but Ghost-types love tricky moves, and Elias’ team is no exception. With Elias down, two Elite Four remain. Head out and right — time for Arabella.

Elite Four – Arabella (Fairy)

Arabella may be young, but she’s no pushover — her Fairy team hits harder than it looks. Fairy moves punish Dark, Dragon and Fighting; Fairy-types themselves are weak to Poison and Steel.

Elite Four Arabella
Ribombee Bug/Fairy (level scales)
Sylveon Fairy (level scales)
Azumarill Water/Fairy (level scales)
Mawile (Mega) Steel/Fairy (level scales)

Mega Mawile can be a headache if you’re leaning on Steel moves — a strong Fire move fixes that. Beat Arabella and you’re three-quarters done; head to the final door on the right for Penny.

Elite Four – Penny (Dragon)

Penny loves Dragon-types and fields a full team of them. Dragons fear Dragon, Fairy and Ice moves — while Dragon attacks only truly threaten other Dragons.

Elite Four Penny (Double Battle)
Goodra Dragon (level scales)
Tyrantrum Rock/Dragon (level scales)
Kommo-o Dragon/Fighting (level scales)
Sceptile (Mega) Grass/Dragon (level scales)

It’s a Double Battle, so prepare for that — though Penny may give you an easier time than her three colleagues. With all four Elite Four beaten, return to the hallway: a new path has opened. Walk the corridor between the statues into the seemingly empty Championship chamber.

Final Battle – Jax

Not so empty, it turns out — Jax already swept the Elite Four and is waiting to challenge you for the vacant title. It’s a Double Battle with enough variety to stay interesting; make sure your team has the PP for their big moves.

Challenger Jax (Double Battle)
Golurk Ground/Ghost (level scales)
Staraptor Normal/Flying (level scales)
Magnezone Electric/Steel (level scales)
Pyroar Fire/Normal (level scales)
Gastrodon Water/Ground (level scales)
Salamence (Mega) Dragon/Flying (level scales)

Beat him and Jax acknowledges your strength, escorting you to the Hall of Fame. You’re the new Borrius Pokémon League Champion!

After You Win

The credits roll — for the first time. But Pokémon Unbound isn’t over: its endgame dwarfs most other ROM hacks, and the moment the credits end you’re straight into it.

Beginning the Post-Game

You wake up back at Frozen Heights, in front of your house. Two familiar faces — Marlon and your Rival — greet you with news of the now-open Battle Frontier and urge you to explore.

Professor Log is delighted to have one-upped his rival Arthur, but there’s no time to celebrate: Hoopa’s rampage at Crystal Peak had side effects — 25 strange Pokémon are loose across Borrius, and you’ll need to defeat them to close their portals.

Then go inside your house: a letter waits, and it’s the biggest post-game hook of all. It seems Aklove isn’t done with you yet.

Part 40

Ruins of Void & Saving Mom (Post-Game)

Ruins of Void & Saving Mom (Post-Game)

The post-game begins with a bang: Aklove kidnaps your mother and drags her into the submerged depths of the Ruins of Void. Get the Advanced Digging and Diving Machine, dive the ruins, brave the Claydol maze, and end Aklove for good — unlocking New Game+ and the mission tracker upgrade.

  • Obtain the ADM
  • Dive into the submerged Ruins of Void
  • Traverse the Claydol maze
  • Defeat Aklove for the final time
  • Unlock the Mission Location Tracker and New Game+

The Advanced Digging and Diving Machine

Becoming Pokémon League Champion doesn’t end your journey. Aklove has kidnapped your mother and taken her to a part of the Ruins of Void you couldn’t reach before — the depths, whose entrance is underwater.

To go underwater you’ll need the ADM — the Advanced Digging and Diving Machine — plus HM05 Dive. There’s exactly one place to buy it: the Shipyard in Seaport City, just east of the KBT Expressway entrance in the northeast part of town.

Captain Davy once said he only sells to important people — and as Pokémon Champion, you don’t get more important. That won’t stop him charging you P250,000 for it. Worth every penny: the ADM opens new areas and makes HMs far more convenient. Normally you’d need a party Pokémon capable of using Cut or Rock Smash; with the ADM, that requirement is gone. You can now Dive in deep water and Dig in underground or underwater tunnels.

ADM in hand, fly to the Ruins of Void.

Ruins of Void – Exterior (Submerged Access)

Exits
Ruins of Void B3F
Ruins of Void B2F
Ruins of Void Submerged Floor (South)
Ruins of Void Submerged Floor (Southeast)
Ruins of Void Submerged Floor (East)
Ruins of Void B1F Claydol Maze
Items
TM48 Skill Swap
Wild Pokémon
Surfing
Tentacool Water/Poison
Tentacruel Water/Poison
Pelipper Water/Flying
Mantine Water/Flying
Golduck Water
Fishing
Magikarp Water (Old Rod)
Horsea Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Good Rod)
Shellder Water (Super Rod)
Gyarados Water/Flying (Super Rod)
Seadra Water (Super Rod)
Kingdra Water/Dragon (Super Rod)

On the landing platform, climb the rocks left of the cave entrance up to the first ledge. Go west along the ledge to another climb-down spot — you’ll be back at water level, with an A-shaped deep patch of water just west of you. Surf to it and press A to dive beneath the waves.

Ruins of Void – Submerged Floor

Points of Interest
Dynamax Toxapex (Post-Aklove)
Ancient Tablet
Exits
Ruins of Void Exterior (South)
Ruins of Void Exterior (Southeast)
Ruins of Void Exterior (East)
Items
1F
Red Shard (hidden)
Sea Salt
Blue Shard (hidden)
Yellow Shard (hidden)
Green Shard (hidden)
Sea Shell
Green Shard (hidden)
Wild Pokémon
Underwater
Clamperl Water
Mareanie Poison/Water
Toxapex Poison/Water
Chinchou Water/Electric
Lanturn Water/Flying
Luvdisc Water
Relicanth Water/Rock

The ADM transforms into a red mini-sub! Down here — as in the underwater sections of Routes 14, 16 and 17 — you’ll see collapsed cave entrances. Interact with one to Dig, which plays like the Crater Town KBT Expressway digging minigame.

For now, pilot the sub east. You’ll soon pass a northern opening — a Dynamax Toxapex’s lair, but it won’t appear until after Aklove is beaten. Keep east through a narrow gap. A sunlit patch on the seafloor marks a resurfacing point — it leads to another sealed-off part of the ruins’ exterior with a TM to collect. Explore or skip it, then continue north through another narrow passage.

The passage widens; you’ll see another ascent point. The northern way leads to an ancient tablet, solvable with the Toxapex you’ll fight later. Press B in the middle of the sunlight patch to surface — you’ll pop up right beside a new ruins entrance. Head inside.

Ruins of Void – Claydol Maze

Points of Interest
Dusclops Maze Gate
First Gate Switch
Second Gate Switch
Third Gate Switch
Fourth Gate Switch
Exits
Ruins of Void Exterior
Ruins of Void Aklove’s Chamber
Items
Nugget
Wild Pokémon
Ruins
Claydol Ground/Psychic
Cofagrigus Ghost
Dusclops Ghost
Sableye Dark/Ghost
Bronzong Dark/Steel
Lunatone Rock/Psychic
Solrock Rock/Psychic
Sigilyph Psychic/Flying

This area echoes the earlier Dusclops maze, with stealth-puzzle DNA from the Crater Gym and Ferrothorn Turf. Moving Claydol patrol the maze — spot you, and they teleport you back to a checkpoint to retry the section.

Five switches dot the maze; four are needed to push forward. The odd one out — the far southeast switch — opens a previously blocked B3F section full of Dusclops. Ignore that for now: walk west from the entrance past the first gate and its Claydol; the switch is in the passage just left of the gate.

Gate open — head north past another patrolling Claydol to a junction, go right, pull the second switch, then return to the junction (dodging the Claydol). Continue west, then south, using the gap in the eastern wall to hide from a third patrolling Claydol.

At the next intersection, go south first for the third switch, then backtrack to the intersection. Dodge the Claydol and head west — the path snakes around with a fourth Claydol to time carefully; slip past its top corner just as it changes direction. Past it, another Claydol sentry — two wall gaps in this passage let you through.

Two switches left. Head west past a large wall gap to another intersection: the way-forward switch is in the west passage; flip it and go north. Watch out — the sixth and final Claydol here patrols a long route. The last switch sits at the end of the northeast-pointing tunnel. Flip it, then return to the ladder area.

Dynamax Claydol Battle

One more Claydol waits — and this one isn’t a sentry. You’ll have to fight it in a Dynamax Battle.

Dynamax Battle
Claydol Ground/Psychic (level scaled)

Win, and nothing stands between you and Aklove but a ladder.

Final Showdown with Aklove

Aklove hasn’t just taken your mother — he’s also captured Jax’s grandfather Arthur and Zeph’s son. There’s a healing Chansey in the room’s eastern part if you need a refresh. When you confront Aklove, Jax rushes in — pick three Pokémon to fight beside his Staraptor, Magnezone and Golurk in a Double Battle.

Aklove Final Showdown (Double Battle)
Klefki Steel/Fairy (Lv.70)
Roserade Grass/Poison (Lv.72)
Togekiss Fairy/Flying (Lv.72)
Raichu Electric (Lv.73)
Primarina Water/Fairy (Lv.74)
Gardevoir (Mega) Psychic/Fairy (Lv.74)

After You Win

Aklove defeated for the final time — Marlon arrives with the police to lock him up for good. This slice of the post-game story is complete. Your Mom tells you to rest, and the credits roll a second time (unskippable, but worth it).

Beating Aklove unlocks New Game+, with its own rule set. Your Mission Log also gets a major upgrade: unobtained missions now appear as question marks, showing the starter’s location and face — perfect for mopping up post-game missions.

And one more thing: after the credits, return to Aklove’s chamber and grab the item beside him — a Primarium Z. With that, the main story of Pokémon Unbound truly comes to an end.

Walkthrough FAQ

How long is the Pokémon Unbound walkthrough?
The main story spans 40 parts from the Shadow Base escape to the Pokémon League, plus post-game content. Expect 60–80 hours for a first playthrough, more on higher difficulties.
I’m stuck — where do I go next?
Use the part list above to find where you are. Each part ends by pointing to the next destination, and blocked paths always need an HM or story event — check the part’s notes.
Does the walkthrough cover all difficulties?
Yes — boss strategies note the differences between Vanilla, Difficult, Expert and Insane, including level caps on higher modes.
Where are the gym leaders in order?
Dresco Town → Crater Town → Blizzard City → Fallshore City → Dehara City → Antisis City → Polder Town → Redwood Village, then the Elite Four. Each has a dedicated page under our Gyms hub with full teams and counters.

Related Guides